]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/binutils-gdb.git/blame - gas/doc/as.texinfo
wrong dimension found in ada-lang.c:ada_array_bound_from_type
[thirdparty/binutils-gdb.git] / gas / doc / as.texinfo
CommitLineData
252b5132 1\input texinfo @c -*-Texinfo-*-
b40bf0a2 2@c Copyright 1991-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132
RH
3@c UPDATE!! On future updates--
4@c (1) check for new machine-dep cmdline options in
5@c md_parse_option definitions in config/tc-*.c
6@c (2) for platform-specific directives, examine md_pseudo_op
7@c in config/tc-*.c
8@c (3) for object-format specific directives, examine obj_pseudo_op
01642c12 9@c in config/obj-*.c
252b5132
RH
10@c (4) portable directives in potable[] in read.c
11@c %**start of header
12@setfilename as.info
13@c ---config---
a4fb0134
SC
14@macro gcctabopt{body}
15@code{\body\}
16@end macro
252b5132
RH
17@c defaults, config file may override:
18@set have-stabs
19@c ---
4a4c4a1d
MR
20@c man begin NAME
21@c ---
252b5132 22@include asconfig.texi
c428fa83 23@include bfdver.texi
252b5132 24@c ---
0285c67d 25@c man end
4a4c4a1d 26@c ---
252b5132 27@c common OR combinations of conditions
c1253627
NC
28@ifset COFF
29@set COFF-ELF
30@end ifset
31@ifset ELF
32@set COFF-ELF
33@end ifset
252b5132
RH
34@ifset AOUT
35@set aout-bout
36@end ifset
37@ifset ARM/Thumb
38@set ARM
39@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
40@ifset Blackfin
41@set Blackfin
42@end ifset
252b5132
RH
43@ifset BOUT
44@set aout-bout
45@end ifset
46@ifset H8/300
47@set H8
48@end ifset
252b5132
RH
49@ifset SH
50@set H8
51@end ifset
52@ifset HPPA
53@set abnormal-separator
54@end ifset
55@c ------------
56@ifset GENERIC
57@settitle Using @value{AS}
58@end ifset
59@ifclear GENERIC
60@settitle Using @value{AS} (@value{TARGET})
61@end ifclear
62@setchapternewpage odd
63@c %**end of header
64
65@c @smallbook
66@c @set SMALL
67@c WARE! Some of the machine-dependent sections contain tables of machine
68@c instructions. Except in multi-column format, these tables look silly.
69@c Unfortunately, Texinfo doesn't have a general-purpose multi-col format, so
70@c the multi-col format is faked within @example sections.
01642c12 71@c
252b5132
RH
72@c Again unfortunately, the natural size that fits on a page, for these tables,
73@c is different depending on whether or not smallbook is turned on.
74@c This matters, because of order: text flow switches columns at each page
75@c break.
01642c12 76@c
252b5132
RH
77@c The format faked in this source works reasonably well for smallbook,
78@c not well for the default large-page format. This manual expects that if you
79@c turn on @smallbook, you will also uncomment the "@set SMALL" to enable the
80@c tables in question. You can turn on one without the other at your
01642c12 81@c discretion, of course.
252b5132
RH
82@ifinfo
83@set SMALL
84@c the insn tables look just as silly in info files regardless of smallbook,
85@c might as well show 'em anyways.
86@end ifinfo
87
9160ea82
AM
88@ifnottex
89@dircategory Software development
90@direntry
252b5132 91* As: (as). The GNU assembler.
59455fb1 92* Gas: (as). The GNU assembler.
9160ea82
AM
93@end direntry
94@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
95
96@finalout
97@syncodeindex ky cp
98
0e9517a9 99@copying
252b5132
RH
100This file documents the GNU Assembler "@value{AS}".
101
0285c67d 102@c man begin COPYRIGHT
b40bf0a2 103Copyright @copyright{} 1991-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 104
0285c67d 105Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 106under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
0285c67d
NC
107or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
108with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
109Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 110section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
0285c67d
NC
111
112@c man end
0e9517a9 113@end copying
252b5132
RH
114
115@titlepage
116@title Using @value{AS}
117@subtitle The @sc{gnu} Assembler
118@ifclear GENERIC
119@subtitle for the @value{TARGET} family
120@end ifclear
e49e529d
JM
121@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
122@sp 1
123@subtitle @value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
124@end ifset
252b5132
RH
125@sp 1
126@subtitle Version @value{VERSION}
127@sp 1
128@sp 13
b45619c0 129The Free Software Foundation Inc.@: thanks The Nice Computer
252b5132 130Company of Australia for loaning Dean Elsner to write the
a4fb0134 131first (Vax) version of @command{as} for Project @sc{gnu}.
252b5132
RH
132The proprietors, management and staff of TNCCA thank FSF for
133distracting the boss while they got some work
134done.
135@sp 3
136@author Dean Elsner, Jay Fenlason & friends
137@page
138@tex
139{\parskip=0pt
140\hfill {\it Using {\tt @value{AS}}}\par
141\hfill Edited by Cygnus Support\par
142}
143%"boxit" macro for figures:
144%Modified from Knuth's ``boxit'' macro from TeXbook (answer to exercise 21.3)
145\gdef\boxit#1#2{\vbox{\hrule\hbox{\vrule\kern3pt
146 \vbox{\parindent=0pt\parskip=0pt\hsize=#1\kern3pt\strut\hfil
147#2\hfil\strut\kern3pt}\kern3pt\vrule}\hrule}}%box with visible outline
148\gdef\ibox#1#2{\hbox to #1{#2\hfil}\kern8pt}% invisible box
149@end tex
150
151@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
b40bf0a2 152Copyright @copyright{} 1991-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 153
cf055d54 154 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 155 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
cf055d54
NC
156 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
157 with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
158 Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 159 section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
252b5132 160
252b5132 161@end titlepage
4ecceb71 162@contents
252b5132 163
2e64b665 164@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
165@node Top
166@top Using @value{AS}
167
e49e529d
JM
168This file is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}
169@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
170@value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
171@end ifset
172version @value{VERSION}.
252b5132 173@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 174This version of the file describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
175code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
176@end ifclear
cf055d54
NC
177
178This document is distributed under the terms of the GNU Free
179Documentation License. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 180section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
cf055d54 181
252b5132
RH
182@menu
183* Overview:: Overview
184* Invoking:: Command-Line Options
185* Syntax:: Syntax
186* Sections:: Sections and Relocation
187* Symbols:: Symbols
188* Expressions:: Expressions
189* Pseudo Ops:: Assembler Directives
3a99f02f
DJ
190@ifset ELF
191* Object Attributes:: Object Attributes
192@end ifset
252b5132
RH
193* Machine Dependencies:: Machine Dependent Features
194* Reporting Bugs:: Reporting Bugs
195* Acknowledgements:: Who Did What
cf055d54 196* GNU Free Documentation License:: GNU Free Documentation License
28c9d252 197* AS Index:: AS Index
252b5132 198@end menu
2e64b665 199@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
200
201@node Overview
202@chapter Overview
203@iftex
a4fb0134 204This manual is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132 205@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 206This version of the manual describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
207code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
208@end ifclear
209@end iftex
210
211@cindex invocation summary
212@cindex option summary
213@cindex summary of options
a4fb0134 214Here is a brief summary of how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}. For details,
96e9638b 215see @ref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}.
252b5132 216
0285c67d
NC
217@c man title AS the portable GNU assembler.
218
a4fb0134 219@ignore
0285c67d
NC
220@c man begin SEEALSO
221gcc(1), ld(1), and the Info entries for @file{binutils} and @file{ld}.
222@c man end
a4fb0134 223@end ignore
0285c67d 224
252b5132
RH
225@c We don't use deffn and friends for the following because they seem
226@c to be limited to one line for the header.
227@smallexample
0285c67d 228@c man begin SYNOPSIS
83f10cb2 229@value{AS} [@b{-a}[@b{cdghlns}][=@var{file}]] [@b{--alternate}] [@b{-D}]
955974c6 230 [@b{--compress-debug-sections}] [@b{--nocompress-debug-sections}]
3d6b762c 231 [@b{--debug-prefix-map} @var{old}=@var{new}]
4bdd3565 232 [@b{--defsym} @var{sym}=@var{val}] [@b{-f}] [@b{-g}] [@b{--gstabs}]
b40bf0a2
NC
233 [@b{--gstabs+}] [@b{--gdwarf-2}] [@b{--gdwarf-sections}]
234 [@b{--help}] [@b{-I} @var{dir}] [@b{-J}]
4bdd3565
NC
235 [@b{-K}] [@b{-L}] [@b{--listing-lhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
236 [@b{--listing-lhs-width2}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--listing-rhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
237 [@b{--listing-cont-lines}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--keep-locals}] [@b{-o}
238 @var{objfile}] [@b{-R}] [@b{--reduce-memory-overheads}] [@b{--statistics}]
239 [@b{-v}] [@b{-version}] [@b{--version}] [@b{-W}] [@b{--warn}]
a0b7da79 240 [@b{--fatal-warnings}] [@b{-w}] [@b{-x}] [@b{-Z}] [@b{@@@var{FILE}}]
21be61f5 241 [@b{--size-check=[error|warning]}]
a0b7da79
MM
242 [@b{--target-help}] [@var{target-options}]
243 [@b{--}|@var{files} @dots{}]
a4fb0134
SC
244@c
245@c Target dependent options are listed below. Keep the list sorted.
01642c12 246@c Add an empty line for separation.
a06ea964
NC
247@ifset AARCH64
248
249@emph{Target AArch64 options:}
250 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
69091a2c 251 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}]
a06ea964 252@end ifset
625e1353
RH
253@ifset ALPHA
254
255@emph{Target Alpha options:}
256 [@b{-m@var{cpu}}]
257 [@b{-mdebug} | @b{-no-mdebug}]
198f1251 258 [@b{-replace} | @b{-noreplace}]
625e1353
RH
259 [@b{-relax}] [@b{-g}] [@b{-G@var{size}}]
260 [@b{-F}] [@b{-32addr}]
261@end ifset
252b5132 262@ifset ARC
a4fb0134
SC
263
264@emph{Target ARC options:}
265 [@b{-marc[5|6|7|8]}]
266 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
252b5132
RH
267@end ifset
268@ifset ARM
a4fb0134
SC
269
270@emph{Target ARM options:}
03b1477f 271@c Don't document the deprecated options
92081f48
HPN
272 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
273 [@b{-march}=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
33a392fb
PB
274 [@b{-mfpu}=@var{floating-point-format}]
275 [@b{-mfloat-abi}=@var{abi}]
d507cf36 276 [@b{-meabi}=@var{ver}]
03b1477f 277 [@b{-mthumb}]
a4fb0134
SC
278 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
279 [@b{-mapcs-32}|@b{-mapcs-26}|@b{-mapcs-float}|
280 @b{-mapcs-reentrant}]
7f266840 281 [@b{-mthumb-interwork}] [@b{-k}]
252b5132 282@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
283@ifset Blackfin
284
285@emph{Target Blackfin options:}
286 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[-@var{sirevision}]]
287 [@b{-mfdpic}]
288 [@b{-mno-fdpic}]
289 [@b{-mnopic}]
290@end ifset
328eb32e
HPN
291@ifset CRIS
292
293@emph{Target CRIS options:}
294 [@b{--underscore} | @b{--no-underscore}]
295 [@b{--pic}] [@b{-N}]
296 [@b{--emulation=criself} | @b{--emulation=crisaout}]
ae57792d 297 [@b{--march=v0_v10} | @b{--march=v10} | @b{--march=v32} | @b{--march=common_v10_v32}]
328eb32e
HPN
298@c Deprecated -- deliberately not documented.
299@c [@b{-h}] [@b{-H}]
300@end ifset
252b5132 301@ifset D10V
a4fb0134
SC
302
303@emph{Target D10V options:}
304 [@b{-O}]
252b5132
RH
305@end ifset
306@ifset D30V
a4fb0134
SC
307
308@emph{Target D30V options:}
309 [@b{-O}|@b{-n}|@b{-N}]
252b5132 310@end ifset
cfb8c092
NC
311@ifset EPIPHANY
312
313@emph{Target EPIPHANY options:}
314 [@b{-mepiphany}|@b{-mepiphany16}]
315@end ifset
252b5132 316@ifset H8
6fd4f6cc
DD
317
318@emph{Target H8/300 options:}
319 [-h-tick-hex]
252b5132
RH
320@end ifset
321@ifset HPPA
322@c HPPA has no machine-dependent assembler options (yet).
323@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
324@ifset I80386
325
326@emph{Target i386 options:}
542385d9 327 [@b{--32}|@b{--x32}|@b{--64}] [@b{-n}]
1ef52f49 328 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}[+@var{EXTENSION}@dots{}]] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}]
252b5132
RH
329@end ifset
330@ifset I960
a4fb0134
SC
331
332@emph{Target i960 options:}
252b5132 333@c see md_parse_option in tc-i960.c
a4fb0134
SC
334 [@b{-ACA}|@b{-ACA_A}|@b{-ACB}|@b{-ACC}|@b{-AKA}|@b{-AKB}|
335 @b{-AKC}|@b{-AMC}]
336 [@b{-b}] [@b{-no-relax}]
252b5132 337@end ifset
587fe2b3 338@ifset IA64
a4fb0134 339
9e32ca89
NC
340@emph{Target IA-64 options:}
341 [@b{-mconstant-gp}|@b{-mauto-pic}]
342 [@b{-milp32}|@b{-milp64}|@b{-mlp64}|@b{-mp64}]
343 [@b{-mle}|@b{mbe}]
8c2fda1d 344 [@b{-mtune=itanium1}|@b{-mtune=itanium2}]
970d6792 345 [@b{-munwind-check=warning}|@b{-munwind-check=error}]
91d777ee 346 [@b{-mhint.b=ok}|@b{-mhint.b=warning}|@b{-mhint.b=error}]
9e32ca89
NC
347 [@b{-x}|@b{-xexplicit}] [@b{-xauto}] [@b{-xdebug}]
348@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
349@ifset IP2K
350
351@emph{Target IP2K options:}
352 [@b{-mip2022}|@b{-mip2022ext}]
353@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
354@ifset M32C
355
356@emph{Target M32C options:}
c54b5932 357 [@b{-m32c}|@b{-m16c}] [-relax] [-h-tick-hex]
49f58d10 358@end ifset
587fe2b3 359@ifset M32R
9e32ca89 360
a4fb0134
SC
361@emph{Target M32R options:}
362 [@b{--m32rx}|@b{--[no-]warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts}|
587fe2b3 363 @b{--W[n]p}]
ec694b89 364@end ifset
252b5132 365@ifset M680X0
a4fb0134
SC
366
367@emph{Target M680X0 options:}
368 [@b{-l}] [@b{-m68000}|@b{-m68010}|@b{-m68020}|@dots{}]
252b5132 369@end ifset
60bcf0fa 370@ifset M68HC11
a4fb0134
SC
371
372@emph{Target M68HC11 options:}
6927f982 373 [@b{-m68hc11}|@b{-m68hc12}|@b{-m68hcs12}|@b{-mm9s12x}|@b{-mm9s12xg}]
2f904664
SC
374 [@b{-mshort}|@b{-mlong}]
375 [@b{-mshort-double}|@b{-mlong-double}]
1370e33d 376 [@b{--force-long-branches}] [@b{--short-branches}]
a4fb0134
SC
377 [@b{--strict-direct-mode}] [@b{--print-insn-syntax}]
378 [@b{--print-opcodes}] [@b{--generate-example}]
379@end ifset
380@ifset MCORE
381
382@emph{Target MCORE options:}
383 [@b{-jsri2bsr}] [@b{-sifilter}] [@b{-relax}]
384 [@b{-mcpu=[210|340]}]
60bcf0fa 385@end ifset
a3c62988
NC
386@ifset METAG
387
388@emph{Target Meta options:}
389 [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}] [@b{-mfpu=@var{cpu}}] [@b{-mdsp=@var{cpu}}]
390@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
391@ifset MICROBLAZE
392@emph{Target MICROBLAZE options:}
393@c MicroBlaze has no machine-dependent assembler options.
394@end ifset
252b5132 395@ifset MIPS
a4fb0134
SC
396
397@emph{Target MIPS options:}
78849248 398 [@b{-nocpp}] [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}[@var{optimization level}]]
437ee9d5 399 [@b{-g}[@var{debug level}]] [@b{-G} @var{num}] [@b{-KPIC}] [@b{-call_shared}]
0c000745 400 [@b{-non_shared}] [@b{-xgot} [@b{-mvxworks-pic}]
437ee9d5
TS
401 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}] [@b{-32}] [@b{-n32}] [@b{-64}] [@b{-mfp32}] [@b{-mgp32}]
402 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mips1}] [@b{-mips2}]
af7ee8bf 403 [@b{-mips3}] [@b{-mips4}] [@b{-mips5}] [@b{-mips32}] [@b{-mips32r2}]
5f74bc13 404 [@b{-mips64}] [@b{-mips64r2}]
437ee9d5 405 [@b{-construct-floats}] [@b{-no-construct-floats}]
ba92f887 406 [@b{-mnan=@var{encoding}}]
437ee9d5 407 [@b{-trap}] [@b{-no-break}] [@b{-break}] [@b{-no-trap}]
437ee9d5 408 [@b{-mips16}] [@b{-no-mips16}]
df58fc94 409 [@b{-mmicromips}] [@b{-mno-micromips}]
e16bfa71 410 [@b{-msmartmips}] [@b{-mno-smartmips}]
1f25f5d3 411 [@b{-mips3d}] [@b{-no-mips3d}]
deec1734 412 [@b{-mdmx}] [@b{-no-mdmx}]
2ef2b9ae 413 [@b{-mdsp}] [@b{-mno-dsp}]
8b082fb1 414 [@b{-mdspr2}] [@b{-mno-dspr2}]
56d438b1 415 [@b{-mmsa}] [@b{-mno-msa}]
ef2e4d86 416 [@b{-mmt}] [@b{-mno-mt}]
dec0624d 417 [@b{-mmcu}] [@b{-mno-mcu}]
833794fc 418 [@b{-minsn32}] [@b{-mno-insn32}]
2babba43 419 [@b{-mfix7000}] [@b{-mno-fix7000}]
a8d14a88 420 [@b{-mfix-rm7000}] [@b{-mno-fix-rm7000}]
2babba43
MR
421 [@b{-mfix-vr4120}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4120}]
422 [@b{-mfix-vr4130}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4130}]
ecb4347a 423 [@b{-mdebug}] [@b{-no-mdebug}]
dcd410fe 424 [@b{-mpdr}] [@b{-mno-pdr}]
3c3bdf30
NC
425@end ifset
426@ifset MMIX
a4fb0134
SC
427
428@emph{Target MMIX options:}
429 [@b{--fixed-special-register-names}] [@b{--globalize-symbols}]
430 [@b{--gnu-syntax}] [@b{--relax}] [@b{--no-predefined-symbols}]
431 [@b{--no-expand}] [@b{--no-merge-gregs}] [@b{-x}]
973eb340 432 [@b{--linker-allocated-gregs}]
a4fb0134 433@end ifset
36591ba1
SL
434@ifset NIOSII
435
436@emph{Target Nios II options:}
437 [@b{-relax-all}] [@b{-relax-section}] [@b{-no-relax}]
438 [@b{-EB}] [@b{-EL}]
439@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
440@ifset PDP11
441
442@emph{Target PDP11 options:}
443 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}] [@b{-mall}] [@b{-mno-extensions}]
444 [@b{-m}@var{extension}|@b{-mno-}@var{extension}]
01642c12 445 [@b{-m}@var{cpu}] [@b{-m}@var{machine}]
a4fb0134
SC
446@end ifset
447@ifset PJ
448
449@emph{Target picoJava options:}
450 [@b{-mb}|@b{-me}]
451@end ifset
452@ifset PPC
453
454@emph{Target PowerPC options:}
b8b738ac
AM
455 [@b{-a32}|@b{-a64}]
456 [@b{-mpwrx}|@b{-mpwr2}|@b{-mpwr}|@b{-m601}|@b{-mppc}|@b{-mppc32}|@b{-m603}|@b{-m604}|@b{-m403}|@b{-m405}|
457 @b{-m440}|@b{-m464}|@b{-m476}|@b{-m7400}|@b{-m7410}|@b{-m7450}|@b{-m7455}|@b{-m750cl}|@b{-mppc64}|
aea77599 458 @b{-m620}|@b{-me500}|@b{-e500x2}|@b{-me500mc}|@b{-me500mc64}|@b{-me5500}|@b{-me6500}|@b{-mppc64bridge}|
b36546d2 459 @b{-mbooke}|@b{-mpower4}|@b{-mpwr4}|@b{-mpower5}|@b{-mpwr5}|@b{-mpwr5x}|@b{-mpower6}|@b{-mpwr6}|
5817ffd1
PB
460 @b{-mpower7}|@b{-mpwr7}|@b{-mpower8}|@b{-mpwr8}|@b{-ma2}|@b{-mcell}|@b{-mspe}|@b{-mtitan}|@b{-me300}|@b{-mcom}]
461 [@b{-many}] [@b{-maltivec}|@b{-mvsx}|@b{-mhtm}|@b{-mvle}]
a4fb0134 462 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
b8b738ac
AM
463 [@b{-mrelocatable}|@b{-mrelocatable-lib}|@b{-K PIC}] [@b{-memb}]
464 [@b{-mlittle}|@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-le}|@b{-mbig}|@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-be}]
a4fb0134 465 [@b{-msolaris}|@b{-mno-solaris}]
b8b738ac 466 [@b{-nops=@var{count}}]
a4fb0134 467@end ifset
c7927a3c
NC
468@ifset RX
469
470@emph{Target RX options:}
471 [@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-mbig-endian}]
c7927a3c 472 [@b{-m32bit-doubles}|@b{-m64bit-doubles}]
708e2187
NC
473 [@b{-muse-conventional-section-names}]
474 [@b{-msmall-data-limit}]
475 [@b{-mpid}]
476 [@b{-mrelax}]
477 [@b{-mint-register=@var{number}}]
478 [@b{-mgcc-abi}|@b{-mrx-abi}]
c7927a3c 479@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
480@ifset S390
481
482@emph{Target s390 options:}
483 [@b{-m31}|@b{-m64}] [@b{-mesa}|@b{-mzarch}] [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}]
484 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
485 [@b{-mwarn-areg-zero}]
486@end ifset
c3b7224a
NC
487@ifset SCORE
488
489@emph{Target SCORE options:}
490 [@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}][@b{-FIXDD}][@b{-NWARN}]
491 [@b{-SCORE5}][@b{-SCORE5U}][@b{-SCORE7}][@b{-SCORE3}]
492 [@b{-march=score7}][@b{-march=score3}]
493 [@b{-USE_R1}][@b{-KPIC}][@b{-O0}][@b{-G} @var{num}][@b{-V}]
494@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
495@ifset SPARC
496
497@emph{Target SPARC options:}
498@c The order here is important. See c-sparc.texi.
499 [@b{-Av6}|@b{-Av7}|@b{-Av8}|@b{-Asparclet}|@b{-Asparclite}
500 @b{-Av8plus}|@b{-Av8plusa}|@b{-Av9}|@b{-Av9a}]
501 [@b{-xarch=v8plus}|@b{-xarch=v8plusa}] [@b{-bump}]
502 [@b{-32}|@b{-64}]
503@end ifset
504@ifset TIC54X
505
506@emph{Target TIC54X options:}
01642c12 507 [@b{-mcpu=54[123589]}|@b{-mcpu=54[56]lp}] [@b{-mfar-mode}|@b{-mf}]
a4fb0134
SC
508 [@b{-merrors-to-file} @var{<filename>}|@b{-me} @var{<filename>}]
509@end ifset
3c9b82ba 510
40b36596
JM
511@ifset TIC6X
512
513@emph{Target TIC6X options:}
98d23bef
BS
514 [@b{-march=@var{arch}}] [@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-mlittle-endian}]
515 [@b{-mdsbt}|@b{-mno-dsbt}] [@b{-mpid=no}|@b{-mpid=near}|@b{-mpid=far}]
516 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}]
40b36596 517@end ifset
aa137e4d
NC
518@ifset TILEGX
519
520@emph{Target TILE-Gx options:}
fb6cedde 521 [@b{-m32}|@b{-m64}][@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}]
aa137e4d
NC
522@end ifset
523@ifset TILEPRO
524@c TILEPro has no machine-dependent assembler options
525@end ifset
40b36596 526
2d8b84ae
SA
527@ifset XTENSA
528
529@emph{Target Xtensa options:}
530 [@b{--[no-]text-section-literals}] [@b{--[no-]absolute-literals}]
531 [@b{--[no-]target-align}] [@b{--[no-]longcalls}]
532 [@b{--[no-]transform}]
533 [@b{--rename-section} @var{oldname}=@var{newname}]
534@end ifset
535
3c9b82ba
NC
536@ifset Z80
537
538@emph{Target Z80 options:}
539 [@b{-z80}] [@b{-r800}]
540 [@b{ -ignore-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wnud}]
541 [@b{ -ignore-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wnup}]
542 [@b{ -warn-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wud}]
543 [@b{ -warn-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wup}]
544 [@b{ -forbid-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Fud}]
545 [@b{ -forbid-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Fup}]
546@end ifset
547
a4fb0134
SC
548@ifset Z8000
549@c Z8000 has no machine-dependent assembler options
252b5132 550@end ifset
e0001a05 551
0285c67d 552@c man end
252b5132
RH
553@end smallexample
554
0285c67d
NC
555@c man begin OPTIONS
556
a4fb0134 557@table @gcctabopt
38fc1cb1 558@include at-file.texi
a0b7da79 559
83f10cb2 560@item -a[cdghlmns]
252b5132
RH
561Turn on listings, in any of a variety of ways:
562
a4fb0134 563@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
564@item -ac
565omit false conditionals
566
567@item -ad
568omit debugging directives
569
83f10cb2
NC
570@item -ag
571include general information, like @value{AS} version and options passed
572
252b5132
RH
573@item -ah
574include high-level source
575
576@item -al
577include assembly
578
579@item -am
580include macro expansions
581
582@item -an
583omit forms processing
584
585@item -as
586include symbols
587
588@item =file
589set the name of the listing file
590@end table
591
592You may combine these options; for example, use @samp{-aln} for assembly
593listing without forms processing. The @samp{=file} option, if used, must be
594the last one. By itself, @samp{-a} defaults to @samp{-ahls}.
595
caa32fe5 596@item --alternate
96e9638b
BW
597Begin in alternate macro mode.
598@ifclear man
599@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
600@end ifclear
caa32fe5 601
955974c6
CC
602@item --compress-debug-sections
603Compress DWARF debug sections using zlib. The debug sections are renamed
604to begin with @samp{.zdebug}, and the resulting object file may not be
605compatible with older linkers and object file utilities.
606
607@item --nocompress-debug-sections
608Do not compress DWARF debug sections. This is the default.
609
252b5132
RH
610@item -D
611Ignored. This option is accepted for script compatibility with calls to
612other assemblers.
613
3d6b762c
JM
614@item --debug-prefix-map @var{old}=@var{new}
615When assembling files in directory @file{@var{old}}, record debugging
616information describing them as in @file{@var{new}} instead.
617
252b5132
RH
618@item --defsym @var{sym}=@var{value}
619Define the symbol @var{sym} to be @var{value} before assembling the input file.
620@var{value} must be an integer constant. As in C, a leading @samp{0x}
bf083c64
NC
621indicates a hexadecimal value, and a leading @samp{0} indicates an octal
622value. The value of the symbol can be overridden inside a source file via the
623use of a @code{.set} pseudo-op.
252b5132
RH
624
625@item -f
626``fast''---skip whitespace and comment preprocessing (assume source is
627compiler output).
628
329e276d
NC
629@item -g
630@itemx --gen-debug
631Generate debugging information for each assembler source line using whichever
632debug format is preferred by the target. This currently means either STABS,
633ECOFF or DWARF2.
634
252b5132
RH
635@item --gstabs
636Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line. This
637may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it.
638
05da4302
NC
639@item --gstabs+
640Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line, with GNU
641extensions that probably only gdb can handle, and that could make other
642debuggers crash or refuse to read your program. This
643may help debugging assembler code. Currently the only GNU extension is
644the location of the current working directory at assembling time.
645
329e276d 646@item --gdwarf-2
cdf82bcf 647Generate DWARF2 debugging information for each assembler line. This
c1253627 648may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it. Note---this
85a39694 649option is only supported by some targets, not all of them.
cdf82bcf 650
b40bf0a2
NC
651@item --gdwarf-sections
652Instead of creating a .debug_line section, create a series of
653.debug_line.@var{foo} sections where @var{foo} is the name of the
654corresponding code section. For example a code section called @var{.text.func}
655will have its dwarf line number information placed into a section called
656@var{.debug_line.text.func}. If the code section is just called @var{.text}
657then debug line section will still be called just @var{.debug_line} without any
658suffix.
659
21be61f5
L
660@item --size-check=error
661@itemx --size-check=warning
662Issue an error or warning for invalid ELF .size directive.
663
252b5132
RH
664@item --help
665Print a summary of the command line options and exit.
666
ea20a7da
CC
667@item --target-help
668Print a summary of all target specific options and exit.
669
252b5132
RH
670@item -I @var{dir}
671Add directory @var{dir} to the search list for @code{.include} directives.
672
673@item -J
674Don't warn about signed overflow.
675
676@item -K
677@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
678This option is accepted but has no effect on the @value{TARGET} family.
679@end ifclear
680@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
681Issue warnings when difference tables altered for long displacements.
682@end ifset
683
684@item -L
685@itemx --keep-locals
ba83aca1
BW
686Keep (in the symbol table) local symbols. These symbols start with
687system-specific local label prefixes, typically @samp{.L} for ELF systems
688or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems.
689@ifclear man
690@xref{Symbol Names}.
691@end ifclear
252b5132 692
c3a27914
NC
693@item --listing-lhs-width=@var{number}
694Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for an assembler
695listing to @var{number}.
696
697@item --listing-lhs-width2=@var{number}
698Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for continuation
699lines in an assembler listing to @var{number}.
700
701@item --listing-rhs-width=@var{number}
702Set the maximum width of an input source line, as displayed in a listing, to
703@var{number} bytes.
704
705@item --listing-cont-lines=@var{number}
706Set the maximum number of lines printed in a listing for a single line of input
707to @var{number} + 1.
708
252b5132 709@item -o @var{objfile}
a4fb0134 710Name the object-file output from @command{@value{AS}} @var{objfile}.
252b5132
RH
711
712@item -R
713Fold the data section into the text section.
714
4bdd3565
NC
715@kindex --hash-size=@var{number}
716Set the default size of GAS's hash tables to a prime number close to
717@var{number}. Increasing this value can reduce the length of time it takes the
718assembler to perform its tasks, at the expense of increasing the assembler's
719memory requirements. Similarly reducing this value can reduce the memory
720requirements at the expense of speed.
721
722@item --reduce-memory-overheads
723This option reduces GAS's memory requirements, at the expense of making the
724assembly processes slower. Currently this switch is a synonym for
725@samp{--hash-size=4051}, but in the future it may have other effects as well.
726
252b5132
RH
727@item --statistics
728Print the maximum space (in bytes) and total time (in seconds) used by
729assembly.
730
731@item --strip-local-absolute
732Remove local absolute symbols from the outgoing symbol table.
733
734@item -v
735@itemx -version
a4fb0134 736Print the @command{as} version.
252b5132
RH
737
738@item --version
a4fb0134 739Print the @command{as} version and exit.
252b5132
RH
740
741@item -W
2bdd6cf5 742@itemx --no-warn
252b5132
RH
743Suppress warning messages.
744
2bdd6cf5
GK
745@item --fatal-warnings
746Treat warnings as errors.
747
748@item --warn
749Don't suppress warning messages or treat them as errors.
750
252b5132
RH
751@item -w
752Ignored.
753
754@item -x
755Ignored.
756
757@item -Z
758Generate an object file even after errors.
759
760@item -- | @var{files} @dots{}
761Standard input, or source files to assemble.
762
763@end table
2a633939
JM
764@c man end
765
a06ea964
NC
766@ifset AARCH64
767
768@ifclear man
769@xref{AArch64 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
770for the 64-bit mode of the ARM Architecture (AArch64).
771@end ifclear
772
773@ifset man
774@c man begin OPTIONS
775The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
77664-bit mode of the ARM Architecture (AArch64).
777@c man end
778@c man begin INCLUDE
779@include c-aarch64.texi
780@c ended inside the included file
781@end ifset
782
783@end ifset
784
2a633939
JM
785@ifset ALPHA
786
787@ifclear man
788@xref{Alpha Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
789for an Alpha processor.
790@end ifclear
791
792@ifset man
793@c man begin OPTIONS
794The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an Alpha
795processor.
796@c man end
797@c man begin INCLUDE
798@include c-alpha.texi
799@c ended inside the included file
800@end ifset
801
802@end ifset
252b5132 803
2a633939 804@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132
RH
805@ifset ARC
806The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
807an ARC processor.
808
a4fb0134 809@table @gcctabopt
0d2bcfaf
NC
810@item -marc[5|6|7|8]
811This option selects the core processor variant.
812@item -EB | -EL
813Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
252b5132
RH
814@end table
815@end ifset
816
817@ifset ARM
818The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the ARM
819processor family.
820
a4fb0134 821@table @gcctabopt
92081f48 822@item -mcpu=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 823Specify which ARM processor variant is the target.
92081f48 824@item -march=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 825Specify which ARM architecture variant is used by the target.
03b1477f 826@item -mfpu=@var{floating-point-format}
a349d9dd 827Select which Floating Point architecture is the target.
33a392fb
PB
828@item -mfloat-abi=@var{abi}
829Select which floating point ABI is in use.
03b1477f
RE
830@item -mthumb
831Enable Thumb only instruction decoding.
7f266840 832@item -mapcs-32 | -mapcs-26 | -mapcs-float | -mapcs-reentrant
252b5132
RH
833Select which procedure calling convention is in use.
834@item -EB | -EL
835Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
cdf82bcf
NC
836@item -mthumb-interwork
837Specify that the code has been generated with interworking between Thumb and
838ARM code in mind.
839@item -k
840Specify that PIC code has been generated.
252b5132
RH
841@end table
842@end ifset
635fb38d 843@c man end
252b5132 844
9982501a 845@ifset Blackfin
8611b8fd
MF
846
847@ifclear man
848@xref{Blackfin Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
849configured for the Blackfin processor family.
850@end ifclear
851
852@ifset man
853@c man begin OPTIONS
9982501a
JZ
854The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
855the Blackfin processor family.
8611b8fd
MF
856@c man end
857@c man begin INCLUDE
858@include c-bfin.texi
859@c ended inside the included file
860@end ifset
9982501a 861
9982501a
JZ
862@end ifset
863
635fb38d 864@c man begin OPTIONS
328eb32e
HPN
865@ifset CRIS
866See the info pages for documentation of the CRIS-specific options.
867@end ifset
868
252b5132
RH
869@ifset D10V
870The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
871a D10V processor.
a4fb0134 872@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
873@cindex D10V optimization
874@cindex optimization, D10V
875@item -O
876Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
877@end table
878@end ifset
879
880@ifset D30V
881The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a D30V
882processor.
a4fb0134 883@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
884@cindex D30V optimization
885@cindex optimization, D30V
886@item -O
887Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
888
889@cindex D30V nops
890@item -n
891Warn when nops are generated.
892
893@cindex D30V nops after 32-bit multiply
894@item -N
895Warn when a nop after a 32-bit multiply instruction is generated.
896@end table
897@end ifset
731caf76
L
898@c man end
899
cfb8c092
NC
900@ifset EPIPHANY
901The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
902Adapteva EPIPHANY series.
903
56b13185
JR
904@ifclear man
905@xref{Epiphany Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
906configured for an Epiphany processor.
907@end ifclear
cfb8c092 908
56b13185
JR
909@ifset man
910@c man begin OPTIONS
911The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
912an Epiphany processor.
913@c man end
914@c man begin INCLUDE
915@include c-epiphany.texi
0c76cae8
AM
916@c ended inside the included file
917@end ifset
918
919@end ifset
920
921@ifset H8300
922
923@ifclear man
924@xref{H8/300 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
925for an H8/300 processor.
926@end ifclear
927
928@ifset man
929@c man begin OPTIONS
930The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an H8/300
931processor.
932@c man end
933@c man begin INCLUDE
934@include c-h8300.texi
56b13185
JR
935@c ended inside the included file
936@end ifset
cfb8c092 937
cfb8c092
NC
938@end ifset
939
731caf76 940@ifset I80386
252b5132 941
731caf76
L
942@ifclear man
943@xref{i386-Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
944configured for an i386 processor.
945@end ifclear
946
947@ifset man
948@c man begin OPTIONS
949The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
950an i386 processor.
951@c man end
952@c man begin INCLUDE
953@include c-i386.texi
954@c ended inside the included file
955@end ifset
956
957@end ifset
958
959@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132
RH
960@ifset I960
961The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
962Intel 80960 processor.
963
a4fb0134 964@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
965@item -ACA | -ACA_A | -ACB | -ACC | -AKA | -AKB | -AKC | -AMC
966Specify which variant of the 960 architecture is the target.
967
968@item -b
969Add code to collect statistics about branches taken.
970
971@item -no-relax
972Do not alter compare-and-branch instructions for long displacements;
973error if necessary.
974
975@end table
976@end ifset
977
a40cbfa3
NC
978@ifset IP2K
979The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
ec88d317 980Ubicom IP2K series.
a40cbfa3
NC
981
982@table @gcctabopt
983
984@item -mip2022ext
985Specifies that the extended IP2022 instructions are allowed.
986
987@item -mip2022
8dfa0188 988Restores the default behaviour, which restricts the permitted instructions to
a40cbfa3
NC
989just the basic IP2022 ones.
990
991@end table
992@end ifset
993
49f58d10
JB
994@ifset M32C
995The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
996Renesas M32C and M16C processors.
997
998@table @gcctabopt
999
1000@item -m32c
1001Assemble M32C instructions.
1002
1003@item -m16c
1004Assemble M16C instructions (the default).
1005
c54b5932
DD
1006@item -relax
1007Enable support for link-time relaxations.
1008
1009@item -h-tick-hex
1010Support H'00 style hex constants in addition to 0x00 style.
1011
49f58d10
JB
1012@end table
1013@end ifset
1014
ec694b89
NC
1015@ifset M32R
1016The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
26597c86 1017Renesas M32R (formerly Mitsubishi M32R) series.
ec694b89 1018
a4fb0134 1019@table @gcctabopt
ec694b89
NC
1020
1021@item --m32rx
1022Specify which processor in the M32R family is the target. The default
1023is normally the M32R, but this option changes it to the M32RX.
1024
1025@item --warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wp
1026Produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
01642c12 1027encountered.
ec694b89
NC
1028
1029@item --no-warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wnp
01642c12
RM
1030Do not produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
1031encountered.
ec694b89
NC
1032
1033@end table
1034@end ifset
252b5132
RH
1035
1036@ifset M680X0
1037The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1038Motorola 68000 series.
1039
a4fb0134 1040@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1041
1042@item -l
1043Shorten references to undefined symbols, to one word instead of two.
1044
0285c67d
NC
1045@item -m68000 | -m68008 | -m68010 | -m68020 | -m68030
1046@itemx | -m68040 | -m68060 | -m68302 | -m68331 | -m68332
1047@itemx | -m68333 | -m68340 | -mcpu32 | -m5200
252b5132
RH
1048Specify what processor in the 68000 family is the target. The default
1049is normally the 68020, but this can be changed at configuration time.
1050
1051@item -m68881 | -m68882 | -mno-68881 | -mno-68882
1052The target machine does (or does not) have a floating-point coprocessor.
1053The default is to assume a coprocessor for 68020, 68030, and cpu32. Although
1054the basic 68000 is not compatible with the 68881, a combination of the
1055two can be specified, since it's possible to do emulation of the
1056coprocessor instructions with the main processor.
1057
1058@item -m68851 | -mno-68851
1059The target machine does (or does not) have a memory-management
1060unit coprocessor. The default is to assume an MMU for 68020 and up.
1061
1062@end table
1063@end ifset
1064
36591ba1
SL
1065@ifset NIOSII
1066
1067@ifclear man
1068@xref{Nios II Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1069for an Altera Nios II processor.
1070@end ifclear
1071
1072@ifset man
1073@c man begin OPTIONS
1074The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an
1075Altera Nios II processor.
1076@c man end
1077@c man begin INCLUDE
1078@include c-nios2.texi
1079@c ended inside the included file
1080@end ifset
1081@end ifset
1082
e135f41b
NC
1083@ifset PDP11
1084
1085For details about the PDP-11 machine dependent features options,
1086see @ref{PDP-11-Options}.
1087
a4fb0134 1088@table @gcctabopt
e135f41b
NC
1089@item -mpic | -mno-pic
1090Generate position-independent (or position-dependent) code. The
a4fb0134 1091default is @option{-mpic}.
e135f41b
NC
1092
1093@item -mall
1094@itemx -mall-extensions
1095Enable all instruction set extensions. This is the default.
1096
1097@item -mno-extensions
1098Disable all instruction set extensions.
1099
1100@item -m@var{extension} | -mno-@var{extension}
1101Enable (or disable) a particular instruction set extension.
1102
1103@item -m@var{cpu}
1104Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular CPU, and
1105disable all other extensions.
1106
1107@item -m@var{machine}
1108Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular machine
1109model, and disable all other extensions.
1110@end table
1111
1112@end ifset
1113
041dd5a9
ILT
1114@ifset PJ
1115The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1116a picoJava processor.
1117
a4fb0134 1118@table @gcctabopt
041dd5a9
ILT
1119
1120@cindex PJ endianness
1121@cindex endianness, PJ
1122@cindex big endian output, PJ
1123@item -mb
1124Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1125
1126@cindex little endian output, PJ
1127@item -ml
1128Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1129
1130@end table
1131@end ifset
1132
60bcf0fa
NC
1133@ifset M68HC11
1134The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1135Motorola 68HC11 or 68HC12 series.
1136
a4fb0134 1137@table @gcctabopt
60bcf0fa 1138
6927f982 1139@item -m68hc11 | -m68hc12 | -m68hcs12 | -mm9s12x | -mm9s12xg
60bcf0fa
NC
1140Specify what processor is the target. The default is
1141defined by the configuration option when building the assembler.
1142
6927f982
NC
1143@item --xgate-ramoffset
1144Instruct the linker to offset RAM addresses from S12X address space into
1145XGATE address space.
1146
2f904664
SC
1147@item -mshort
1148Specify to use the 16-bit integer ABI.
1149
1150@item -mlong
01642c12 1151Specify to use the 32-bit integer ABI.
2f904664
SC
1152
1153@item -mshort-double
01642c12 1154Specify to use the 32-bit double ABI.
2f904664
SC
1155
1156@item -mlong-double
01642c12 1157Specify to use the 64-bit double ABI.
2f904664 1158
1370e33d 1159@item --force-long-branches
60bcf0fa
NC
1160Relative branches are turned into absolute ones. This concerns
1161conditional branches, unconditional branches and branches to a
1162sub routine.
1163
1370e33d
NC
1164@item -S | --short-branches
1165Do not turn relative branches into absolute ones
60bcf0fa
NC
1166when the offset is out of range.
1167
1168@item --strict-direct-mode
1169Do not turn the direct addressing mode into extended addressing mode
1170when the instruction does not support direct addressing mode.
1171
1172@item --print-insn-syntax
1173Print the syntax of instruction in case of error.
1174
1175@item --print-opcodes
6927f982 1176Print the list of instructions with syntax and then exit.
60bcf0fa
NC
1177
1178@item --generate-example
6927f982 1179Print an example of instruction for each possible instruction and then exit.
a4fb0134 1180This option is only useful for testing @command{@value{AS}}.
60bcf0fa
NC
1181
1182@end table
1183@end ifset
1184
252b5132 1185@ifset SPARC
a4fb0134 1186The following options are available when @command{@value{AS}} is configured
252b5132
RH
1187for the SPARC architecture:
1188
a4fb0134 1189@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1190@item -Av6 | -Av7 | -Av8 | -Asparclet | -Asparclite
1191@itemx -Av8plus | -Av8plusa | -Av9 | -Av9a
1192Explicitly select a variant of the SPARC architecture.
1193
1194@samp{-Av8plus} and @samp{-Av8plusa} select a 32 bit environment.
1195@samp{-Av9} and @samp{-Av9a} select a 64 bit environment.
1196
1197@samp{-Av8plusa} and @samp{-Av9a} enable the SPARC V9 instruction set with
1198UltraSPARC extensions.
1199
1200@item -xarch=v8plus | -xarch=v8plusa
1201For compatibility with the Solaris v9 assembler. These options are
1202equivalent to -Av8plus and -Av8plusa, respectively.
1203
1204@item -bump
1205Warn when the assembler switches to another architecture.
1206@end table
1207@end ifset
1208
39bec121
TW
1209@ifset TIC54X
1210The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the 'c54x
01642c12 1211architecture.
39bec121 1212
a4fb0134 1213@table @gcctabopt
39bec121
TW
1214@item -mfar-mode
1215Enable extended addressing mode. All addresses and relocations will assume
1216extended addressing (usually 23 bits).
1217@item -mcpu=@var{CPU_VERSION}
1218Sets the CPU version being compiled for.
1219@item -merrors-to-file @var{FILENAME}
1220Redirect error output to a file, for broken systems which don't support such
1221behaviour in the shell.
1222@end table
1223@end ifset
1224
252b5132
RH
1225@ifset MIPS
1226The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
98508b2a 1227a MIPS processor.
252b5132 1228
a4fb0134 1229@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1230@item -G @var{num}
1231This option sets the largest size of an object that can be referenced
1232implicitly with the @code{gp} register. It is only accepted for targets that
1233use ECOFF format, such as a DECstation running Ultrix. The default value is 8.
1234
1235@cindex MIPS endianness
1236@cindex endianness, MIPS
1237@cindex big endian output, MIPS
1238@item -EB
1239Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1240
1241@cindex little endian output, MIPS
1242@item -EL
1243Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1244
1245@cindex MIPS ISA
1246@item -mips1
1247@itemx -mips2
1248@itemx -mips3
e7af610e 1249@itemx -mips4
437ee9d5 1250@itemx -mips5
e7af610e 1251@itemx -mips32
af7ee8bf 1252@itemx -mips32r2
4058e45f 1253@itemx -mips64
5f74bc13 1254@itemx -mips64r2
98508b2a 1255Generate code for a particular MIPS Instruction Set Architecture level.
437ee9d5
TS
1256@samp{-mips1} is an alias for @samp{-march=r3000}, @samp{-mips2} is an
1257alias for @samp{-march=r6000}, @samp{-mips3} is an alias for
1258@samp{-march=r4000} and @samp{-mips4} is an alias for @samp{-march=r8000}.
5f74bc13 1259@samp{-mips5}, @samp{-mips32}, @samp{-mips32r2}, @samp{-mips64}, and
81566a9b
MR
1260@samp{-mips64r2} correspond to generic MIPS V, MIPS32, MIPS32 Release 2,
1261MIPS64, and MIPS64 Release 2 ISA processors, respectively.
437ee9d5 1262
98508b2a
RS
1263@item -march=@var{cpu}
1264Generate code for a particular MIPS CPU.
437ee9d5
TS
1265
1266@item -mtune=@var{cpu}
98508b2a 1267Schedule and tune for a particular MIPS CPU.
437ee9d5
TS
1268
1269@item -mfix7000
1270@itemx -mno-fix7000
1271Cause nops to be inserted if the read of the destination register
1272of an mfhi or mflo instruction occurs in the following two instructions.
1273
a8d14a88
CM
1274@item -mfix-rm7000
1275@itemx -mno-fix-rm7000
1276Cause nops to be inserted if a dmult or dmultu instruction is
1277followed by a load instruction.
1278
ecb4347a
DJ
1279@item -mdebug
1280@itemx -no-mdebug
1281Cause stabs-style debugging output to go into an ECOFF-style .mdebug
1282section instead of the standard ELF .stabs sections.
1283
dcd410fe
RO
1284@item -mpdr
1285@itemx -mno-pdr
1286Control generation of @code{.pdr} sections.
1287
437ee9d5
TS
1288@item -mgp32
1289@itemx -mfp32
1290The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these
1291flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 32 bits wide at
1292all times. @samp{-mgp32} controls the size of general-purpose registers
1293and @samp{-mfp32} controls the size of floating-point registers.
1294
1295@item -mips16
1296@itemx -no-mips16
1297Generate code for the MIPS 16 processor. This is equivalent to putting
1298@code{.set mips16} at the start of the assembly file. @samp{-no-mips16}
1299turns off this option.
252b5132 1300
df58fc94
RS
1301@item -mmicromips
1302@itemx -mno-micromips
1303Generate code for the microMIPS processor. This is equivalent to putting
1304@code{.set micromips} at the start of the assembly file. @samp{-mno-micromips}
1305turns off this option. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set nomicromips}
1306at the start of the assembly file.
1307
e16bfa71
TS
1308@item -msmartmips
1309@itemx -mno-smartmips
1310Enables the SmartMIPS extension to the MIPS32 instruction set. This is
1311equivalent to putting @code{.set smartmips} at the start of the assembly file.
1312@samp{-mno-smartmips} turns off this option.
1313
1f25f5d3
CD
1314@item -mips3d
1315@itemx -no-mips3d
1316Generate code for the MIPS-3D Application Specific Extension.
1317This tells the assembler to accept MIPS-3D instructions.
1318@samp{-no-mips3d} turns off this option.
1319
deec1734
CD
1320@item -mdmx
1321@itemx -no-mdmx
1322Generate code for the MDMX Application Specific Extension.
1323This tells the assembler to accept MDMX instructions.
1324@samp{-no-mdmx} turns off this option.
1325
2ef2b9ae
CF
1326@item -mdsp
1327@itemx -mno-dsp
8b082fb1
TS
1328Generate code for the DSP Release 1 Application Specific Extension.
1329This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 1 instructions.
2ef2b9ae
CF
1330@samp{-mno-dsp} turns off this option.
1331
8b082fb1
TS
1332@item -mdspr2
1333@itemx -mno-dspr2
1334Generate code for the DSP Release 2 Application Specific Extension.
1335This option implies -mdsp.
1336This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 2 instructions.
1337@samp{-mno-dspr2} turns off this option.
1338
56d438b1
CF
1339@item -mmsa
1340@itemx -mno-msa
1341Generate code for the MIPS SIMD Architecture Extension.
1342This tells the assembler to accept MSA instructions.
1343@samp{-mno-msa} turns off this option.
1344
ef2e4d86
CF
1345@item -mmt
1346@itemx -mno-mt
1347Generate code for the MT Application Specific Extension.
1348This tells the assembler to accept MT instructions.
1349@samp{-mno-mt} turns off this option.
1350
dec0624d
MR
1351@item -mmcu
1352@itemx -mno-mcu
1353Generate code for the MCU Application Specific Extension.
1354This tells the assembler to accept MCU instructions.
1355@samp{-mno-mcu} turns off this option.
1356
833794fc
MR
1357@item -minsn32
1358@itemx -mno-insn32
1359Only use 32-bit instruction encodings when generating code for the
1360microMIPS processor. This option inhibits the use of any 16-bit
1361instructions. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set insn32} at
1362the start of the assembly file. @samp{-mno-insn32} turns off this
1363option. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set noinsn32} at the
1364start of the assembly file. By default @samp{-mno-insn32} is
1365selected, allowing all instructions to be used.
1366
437ee9d5
TS
1367@item --construct-floats
1368@itemx --no-construct-floats
1369The @samp{--no-construct-floats} option disables the construction of
1370double width floating point constants by loading the two halves of the
1371value into the two single width floating point registers that make up
1372the double width register. By default @samp{--construct-floats} is
1373selected, allowing construction of these floating point constants.
252b5132 1374
3bf0dbfb
MR
1375@item --relax-branch
1376@itemx --no-relax-branch
1377The @samp{--relax-branch} option enables the relaxation of out-of-range
1378branches. By default @samp{--no-relax-branch} is selected, causing any
1379out-of-range branches to produce an error.
1380
ba92f887
MR
1381@item -mnan=@var{encoding}
1382Select between the IEEE 754-2008 (@option{-mnan=2008}) or the legacy
1383(@option{-mnan=legacy}) NaN encoding format. The latter is the default.
1384
252b5132
RH
1385@cindex emulation
1386@item --emulation=@var{name}
e8044f35
RS
1387This option was formerly used to switch between ELF and ECOFF output
1388on targets like IRIX 5 that supported both. MIPS ECOFF support was
1389removed in GAS 2.24, so the option now serves little purpose.
1390It is retained for backwards compatibility.
1391
1392The available configuration names are: @samp{mipself}, @samp{mipslelf} and
1393@samp{mipsbelf}. Choosing @samp{mipself} now has no effect, since the output
1394is always ELF. @samp{mipslelf} and @samp{mipsbelf} select little- and
1395big-endian output respectively, but @samp{-EL} and @samp{-EB} are now the
1396preferred options instead.
252b5132
RH
1397
1398@item -nocpp
a4fb0134 1399@command{@value{AS}} ignores this option. It is accepted for compatibility with
252b5132
RH
1400the native tools.
1401
252b5132
RH
1402@item --trap
1403@itemx --no-trap
1404@itemx --break
1405@itemx --no-break
1406Control how to deal with multiplication overflow and division by zero.
1407@samp{--trap} or @samp{--no-break} (which are synonyms) take a trap exception
1408(and only work for Instruction Set Architecture level 2 and higher);
1409@samp{--break} or @samp{--no-trap} (also synonyms, and the default) take a
1410break exception.
63486801
L
1411
1412@item -n
a4fb0134 1413When this option is used, @command{@value{AS}} will issue a warning every
63486801 1414time it generates a nop instruction from a macro.
252b5132
RH
1415@end table
1416@end ifset
1417
1418@ifset MCORE
1419The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1420an MCore processor.
1421
a4fb0134 1422@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1423@item -jsri2bsr
1424@itemx -nojsri2bsr
1425Enable or disable the JSRI to BSR transformation. By default this is enabled.
1426The command line option @samp{-nojsri2bsr} can be used to disable it.
1427
1428@item -sifilter
1429@itemx -nosifilter
1430Enable or disable the silicon filter behaviour. By default this is disabled.
a349d9dd 1431The default can be overridden by the @samp{-sifilter} command line option.
252b5132
RH
1432
1433@item -relax
1434Alter jump instructions for long displacements.
1435
ec694b89
NC
1436@item -mcpu=[210|340]
1437Select the cpu type on the target hardware. This controls which instructions
1438can be assembled.
1439
1440@item -EB
1441Assemble for a big endian target.
1442
1443@item -EL
1444Assemble for a little endian target.
252b5132
RH
1445
1446@end table
1447@end ifset
a3c62988 1448@c man end
252b5132 1449
a3c62988
NC
1450@ifset METAG
1451
1452@ifclear man
1453@xref{Meta Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1454for a Meta processor.
1455@end ifclear
1456
1457@ifset man
1458@c man begin OPTIONS
1459The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1460Meta processor.
1461@c man end
1462@c man begin INCLUDE
1463@include c-metag.texi
1464@c ended inside the included file
1465@end ifset
1466
1467@end ifset
1468
1469@c man begin OPTIONS
3c3bdf30
NC
1470@ifset MMIX
1471See the info pages for documentation of the MMIX-specific options.
1472@end ifset
1473
635fb38d 1474@c man end
b8b738ac
AM
1475@ifset PPC
1476
1477@ifclear man
1478@xref{PowerPC-Opts}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1479for a PowerPC processor.
1480@end ifclear
1481
1482@ifset man
1483@c man begin OPTIONS
1484The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1485PowerPC processor.
1486@c man end
1487@c man begin INCLUDE
1488@include c-ppc.texi
1489@c ended inside the included file
1490@end ifset
1491
1492@end ifset
1493
635fb38d 1494@c man begin OPTIONS
046d31c2
NC
1495@ifset RX
1496See the info pages for documentation of the RX-specific options.
1497@end ifset
1498
11c19e16
MS
1499@ifset S390
1500The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the s390
1501processor family.
1502
1503@table @gcctabopt
1504@item -m31
1505@itemx -m64
1506Select the word size, either 31/32 bits or 64 bits.
1507@item -mesa
1508@item -mzarch
1509Select the architecture mode, either the Enterprise System
1510Architecture (esa) or the z/Architecture mode (zarch).
1511@item -march=@var{processor}
1512Specify which s390 processor variant is the target, @samp{g6}, @samp{g6},
cfc72779
AK
1513@samp{z900}, @samp{z990}, @samp{z9-109}, @samp{z9-ec}, @samp{z10},
1514@samp{z196}, or @samp{zEC12}.
11c19e16
MS
1515@item -mregnames
1516@itemx -mno-regnames
1517Allow or disallow symbolic names for registers.
1518@item -mwarn-areg-zero
1519Warn whenever the operand for a base or index register has been specified
1520but evaluates to zero.
1521@end table
1522@end ifset
2a633939 1523@c man end
11c19e16 1524
40b36596 1525@ifset TIC6X
2a633939
JM
1526
1527@ifclear man
1528@xref{TIC6X Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1529for a TMS320C6000 processor.
1530@end ifclear
1531
1532@ifset man
1533@c man begin OPTIONS
40b36596
JM
1534The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1535TMS320C6000 processor.
2a633939
JM
1536@c man end
1537@c man begin INCLUDE
1538@include c-tic6x.texi
1539@c ended inside the included file
1540@end ifset
40b36596
JM
1541
1542@end ifset
1543
aa137e4d
NC
1544@ifset TILEGX
1545
1546@ifclear man
1547@xref{TILE-Gx Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1548for a TILE-Gx processor.
1549@end ifclear
1550
1551@ifset man
1552@c man begin OPTIONS
1553The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a TILE-Gx
1554processor.
1555@c man end
1556@c man begin INCLUDE
1557@include c-tilegx.texi
1558@c ended inside the included file
1559@end ifset
1560
1561@end ifset
1562
e0001a05 1563@ifset XTENSA
e0001a05 1564
2d8b84ae
SA
1565@ifclear man
1566@xref{Xtensa Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1567for an Xtensa processor.
1568@end ifclear
1569
1570@ifset man
1571@c man begin OPTIONS
1572The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an
1573Xtensa processor.
1574@c man end
1575@c man begin INCLUDE
1576@include c-xtensa.texi
1577@c ended inside the included file
e0001a05
NC
1578@end ifset
1579
2d8b84ae
SA
1580@end ifset
1581
1582@c man begin OPTIONS
1583
3c9b82ba
NC
1584@ifset Z80
1585The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1586a Z80 family processor.
1587@table @gcctabopt
1588@item -z80
1589Assemble for Z80 processor.
1590@item -r800
1591Assemble for R800 processor.
01642c12 1592@item -ignore-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1593@itemx -Wnud
1594Assemble undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800 without warning.
01642c12 1595@item -ignore-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1596@itemx -Wnup
1597Assemble all undocumented Z80 instructions without warning.
01642c12 1598@item -warn-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1599@itemx -Wud
1600Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800.
01642c12 1601@item -warn-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1602@itemx -Wup
01642c12
RM
1603Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800.
1604@item -forbid-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1605@itemx -Fud
1606Treat all undocumented instructions as errors.
01642c12 1607@item -forbid-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1608@itemx -Fup
b45619c0 1609Treat undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800 as errors.
3c9b82ba
NC
1610@end table
1611@end ifset
1612
0285c67d
NC
1613@c man end
1614
252b5132
RH
1615@menu
1616* Manual:: Structure of this Manual
1617* GNU Assembler:: The GNU Assembler
1618* Object Formats:: Object File Formats
1619* Command Line:: Command Line
1620* Input Files:: Input Files
1621* Object:: Output (Object) File
1622* Errors:: Error and Warning Messages
1623@end menu
1624
1625@node Manual
1626@section Structure of this Manual
1627
1628@cindex manual, structure and purpose
1629This manual is intended to describe what you need to know to use
a4fb0134 1630@sc{gnu} @command{@value{AS}}. We cover the syntax expected in source files, including
252b5132 1631notation for symbols, constants, and expressions; the directives that
a4fb0134 1632@command{@value{AS}} understands; and of course how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1633
1634@ifclear GENERIC
1635We also cover special features in the @value{TARGET}
a4fb0134 1636configuration of @command{@value{AS}}, including assembler directives.
252b5132
RH
1637@end ifclear
1638@ifset GENERIC
1639This manual also describes some of the machine-dependent features of
1640various flavors of the assembler.
1641@end ifset
1642
1643@cindex machine instructions (not covered)
1644On the other hand, this manual is @emph{not} intended as an introduction
1645to programming in assembly language---let alone programming in general!
1646In a similar vein, we make no attempt to introduce the machine
1647architecture; we do @emph{not} describe the instruction set, standard
1648mnemonics, registers or addressing modes that are standard to a
1649particular architecture.
1650@ifset GENERIC
1651You may want to consult the manufacturer's
1652machine architecture manual for this information.
1653@end ifset
1654@ifclear GENERIC
1655@ifset H8/300
1656For information on the H8/300 machine instruction set, see @cite{H8/300
c2dcd04e
NC
1657Series Programming Manual}. For the H8/300H, see @cite{H8/300H Series
1658Programming Manual} (Renesas).
252b5132 1659@end ifset
252b5132 1660@ifset SH
ef230218
JR
1661For information on the Renesas (formerly Hitachi) / SuperH SH machine instruction set,
1662see @cite{SH-Microcomputer User's Manual} (Renesas) or
1663@cite{SH-4 32-bit CPU Core Architecture} (SuperH) and
1664@cite{SuperH (SH) 64-Bit RISC Series} (SuperH).
252b5132
RH
1665@end ifset
1666@ifset Z8000
1667For information on the Z8000 machine instruction set, see @cite{Z8000 CPU Technical Manual}
1668@end ifset
1669@end ifclear
1670
1671@c I think this is premature---doc@cygnus.com, 17jan1991
1672@ignore
1673Throughout this manual, we assume that you are running @dfn{GNU},
1674the portable operating system from the @dfn{Free Software
1675Foundation, Inc.}. This restricts our attention to certain kinds of
1676computer (in particular, the kinds of computers that @sc{gnu} can run on);
1677once this assumption is granted examples and definitions need less
1678qualification.
1679
a4fb0134 1680@command{@value{AS}} is part of a team of programs that turn a high-level
252b5132
RH
1681human-readable series of instructions into a low-level
1682computer-readable series of instructions. Different versions of
a4fb0134 1683@command{@value{AS}} are used for different kinds of computer.
252b5132
RH
1684@end ignore
1685
1686@c There used to be a section "Terminology" here, which defined
1687@c "contents", "byte", "word", and "long". Defining "word" to any
1688@c particular size is confusing when the .word directive may generate 16
1689@c bits on one machine and 32 bits on another; in general, for the user
1690@c version of this manual, none of these terms seem essential to define.
1691@c They were used very little even in the former draft of the manual;
1692@c this draft makes an effort to avoid them (except in names of
1693@c directives).
1694
1695@node GNU Assembler
1696@section The GNU Assembler
1697
0285c67d
NC
1698@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1699
a4fb0134 1700@sc{gnu} @command{as} is really a family of assemblers.
252b5132 1701@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 1702This manual describes @command{@value{AS}}, a member of that family which is
252b5132
RH
1703configured for the @value{TARGET} architectures.
1704@end ifclear
1705If you use (or have used) the @sc{gnu} assembler on one architecture, you
1706should find a fairly similar environment when you use it on another
1707architecture. Each version has much in common with the others,
1708including object file formats, most assembler directives (often called
1709@dfn{pseudo-ops}) and assembler syntax.@refill
1710
1711@cindex purpose of @sc{gnu} assembler
a4fb0134 1712@command{@value{AS}} is primarily intended to assemble the output of the
252b5132 1713@sc{gnu} C compiler @code{@value{GCC}} for use by the linker
a4fb0134 1714@code{@value{LD}}. Nevertheless, we've tried to make @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
1715assemble correctly everything that other assemblers for the same
1716machine would assemble.
1717@ifset VAX
1718Any exceptions are documented explicitly (@pxref{Machine Dependencies}).
1719@end ifset
1720@ifset M680X0
1721@c This remark should appear in generic version of manual; assumption
1722@c here is that generic version sets M680x0.
a4fb0134 1723This doesn't mean @command{@value{AS}} always uses the same syntax as another
252b5132
RH
1724assembler for the same architecture; for example, we know of several
1725incompatible versions of 680x0 assembly language syntax.
1726@end ifset
1727
0285c67d
NC
1728@c man end
1729
a4fb0134 1730Unlike older assemblers, @command{@value{AS}} is designed to assemble a source
252b5132
RH
1731program in one pass of the source file. This has a subtle impact on the
1732@kbd{.org} directive (@pxref{Org,,@code{.org}}).
1733
1734@node Object Formats
1735@section Object File Formats
1736
1737@cindex object file format
1738The @sc{gnu} assembler can be configured to produce several alternative
1739object file formats. For the most part, this does not affect how you
1740write assembly language programs; but directives for debugging symbols
1741are typically different in different file formats. @xref{Symbol
1742Attributes,,Symbol Attributes}.
1743@ifclear GENERIC
1744@ifclear MULTI-OBJ
c1253627 1745For the @value{TARGET} target, @command{@value{AS}} is configured to produce
252b5132
RH
1746@value{OBJ-NAME} format object files.
1747@end ifclear
1748@c The following should exhaust all configs that set MULTI-OBJ, ideally
252b5132 1749@ifset I960
a4fb0134 1750On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
1751@code{b.out} or COFF format object files.
1752@end ifset
1753@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134 1754On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
1755SOM or ELF format object files.
1756@end ifset
1757@end ifclear
1758
1759@node Command Line
1760@section Command Line
1761
1762@cindex command line conventions
0285c67d 1763
a4fb0134 1764After the program name @command{@value{AS}}, the command line may contain
252b5132
RH
1765options and file names. Options may appear in any order, and may be
1766before, after, or between file names. The order of file names is
1767significant.
1768
1769@cindex standard input, as input file
1770@kindex --
1771@file{--} (two hyphens) by itself names the standard input file
a4fb0134 1772explicitly, as one of the files for @command{@value{AS}} to assemble.
252b5132
RH
1773
1774@cindex options, command line
1775Except for @samp{--} any command line argument that begins with a
1776hyphen (@samp{-}) is an option. Each option changes the behavior of
a4fb0134 1777@command{@value{AS}}. No option changes the way another option works. An
252b5132
RH
1778option is a @samp{-} followed by one or more letters; the case of
1779the letter is important. All options are optional.
1780
1781Some options expect exactly one file name to follow them. The file
1782name may either immediately follow the option's letter (compatible
1783with older assemblers) or it may be the next command argument (@sc{gnu}
1784standard). These two command lines are equivalent:
1785
1786@smallexample
1787@value{AS} -o my-object-file.o mumble.s
1788@value{AS} -omy-object-file.o mumble.s
1789@end smallexample
1790
1791@node Input Files
1792@section Input Files
1793
1794@cindex input
1795@cindex source program
1796@cindex files, input
1797We use the phrase @dfn{source program}, abbreviated @dfn{source}, to
a4fb0134 1798describe the program input to one run of @command{@value{AS}}. The program may
252b5132
RH
1799be in one or more files; how the source is partitioned into files
1800doesn't change the meaning of the source.
1801
1802@c I added "con" prefix to "catenation" just to prove I can overcome my
1803@c APL training... doc@cygnus.com
1804The source program is a concatenation of the text in all the files, in the
1805order specified.
1806
0285c67d 1807@c man begin DESCRIPTION
a4fb0134 1808Each time you run @command{@value{AS}} it assembles exactly one source
252b5132
RH
1809program. The source program is made up of one or more files.
1810(The standard input is also a file.)
1811
a4fb0134 1812You give @command{@value{AS}} a command line that has zero or more input file
252b5132
RH
1813names. The input files are read (from left file name to right). A
1814command line argument (in any position) that has no special meaning
1815is taken to be an input file name.
1816
a4fb0134
SC
1817If you give @command{@value{AS}} no file names it attempts to read one input file
1818from the @command{@value{AS}} standard input, which is normally your terminal. You
1819may have to type @key{ctl-D} to tell @command{@value{AS}} there is no more program
252b5132
RH
1820to assemble.
1821
1822Use @samp{--} if you need to explicitly name the standard input file
1823in your command line.
1824
a4fb0134 1825If the source is empty, @command{@value{AS}} produces a small, empty object
252b5132
RH
1826file.
1827
0285c67d
NC
1828@c man end
1829
252b5132
RH
1830@subheading Filenames and Line-numbers
1831
1832@cindex input file linenumbers
1833@cindex line numbers, in input files
1834There are two ways of locating a line in the input file (or files) and
1835either may be used in reporting error messages. One way refers to a line
1836number in a physical file; the other refers to a line number in a
1837``logical'' file. @xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
1838
1839@dfn{Physical files} are those files named in the command line given
a4fb0134 1840to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1841
1842@dfn{Logical files} are simply names declared explicitly by assembler
1843directives; they bear no relation to physical files. Logical file names help
a4fb0134
SC
1844error messages reflect the original source file, when @command{@value{AS}} source
1845is itself synthesized from other files. @command{@value{AS}} understands the
252b5132
RH
1846@samp{#} directives emitted by the @code{@value{GCC}} preprocessor. See also
1847@ref{File,,@code{.file}}.
1848
1849@node Object
1850@section Output (Object) File
1851
1852@cindex object file
1853@cindex output file
1854@kindex a.out
1855@kindex .o
a4fb0134 1856Every time you run @command{@value{AS}} it produces an output file, which is
252b5132
RH
1857your assembly language program translated into numbers. This file
1858is the object file. Its default name is
1859@ifclear BOUT
1860@code{a.out}.
1861@end ifclear
1862@ifset BOUT
1863@ifset GENERIC
01642c12 1864@code{a.out}, or
252b5132 1865@end ifset
a4fb0134 1866@code{b.out} when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for the Intel 80960.
252b5132 1867@end ifset
a4fb0134 1868You can give it another name by using the @option{-o} option. Conventionally,
252b5132
RH
1869object file names end with @file{.o}. The default name is used for historical
1870reasons: older assemblers were capable of assembling self-contained programs
1871directly into a runnable program. (For some formats, this isn't currently
1872possible, but it can be done for the @code{a.out} format.)
1873
1874@cindex linker
1875@kindex ld
1876The object file is meant for input to the linker @code{@value{LD}}. It contains
1877assembled program code, information to help @code{@value{LD}} integrate
1878the assembled program into a runnable file, and (optionally) symbolic
1879information for the debugger.
1880
1881@c link above to some info file(s) like the description of a.out.
1882@c don't forget to describe @sc{gnu} info as well as Unix lossage.
1883
1884@node Errors
1885@section Error and Warning Messages
1886
0285c67d
NC
1887@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1888
a349d9dd 1889@cindex error messages
252b5132
RH
1890@cindex warning messages
1891@cindex messages from assembler
a4fb0134 1892@command{@value{AS}} may write warnings and error messages to the standard error
252b5132 1893file (usually your terminal). This should not happen when a compiler
a4fb0134
SC
1894runs @command{@value{AS}} automatically. Warnings report an assumption made so
1895that @command{@value{AS}} could keep assembling a flawed program; errors report a
252b5132
RH
1896grave problem that stops the assembly.
1897
0285c67d
NC
1898@c man end
1899
252b5132
RH
1900@cindex format of warning messages
1901Warning messages have the format
1902
1903@smallexample
1904file_name:@b{NNN}:Warning Message Text
1905@end smallexample
1906
1907@noindent
1908@cindex line numbers, in warnings/errors
1909(where @b{NNN} is a line number). If a logical file name has been given
1910(@pxref{File,,@code{.file}}) it is used for the filename, otherwise the name of
1911the current input file is used. If a logical line number was given
1912@ifset GENERIC
1913(@pxref{Line,,@code{.line}})
1914@end ifset
252b5132
RH
1915then it is used to calculate the number printed,
1916otherwise the actual line in the current source file is printed. The
1917message text is intended to be self explanatory (in the grand Unix
1918tradition).
1919
1920@cindex format of error messages
1921Error messages have the format
1922@smallexample
1923file_name:@b{NNN}:FATAL:Error Message Text
1924@end smallexample
1925The file name and line number are derived as for warning
1926messages. The actual message text may be rather less explanatory
1927because many of them aren't supposed to happen.
1928
1929@node Invoking
1930@chapter Command-Line Options
1931
1932@cindex options, all versions of assembler
1933This chapter describes command-line options available in @emph{all}
96e9638b
BW
1934versions of the @sc{gnu} assembler; see @ref{Machine Dependencies},
1935for options specific
252b5132 1936@ifclear GENERIC
c1253627 1937to the @value{TARGET} target.
252b5132
RH
1938@end ifclear
1939@ifset GENERIC
1940to particular machine architectures.
1941@end ifset
1942
0285c67d
NC
1943@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1944
c1253627 1945If you are invoking @command{@value{AS}} via the @sc{gnu} C compiler,
252b5132
RH
1946you can use the @samp{-Wa} option to pass arguments through to the assembler.
1947The assembler arguments must be separated from each other (and the @samp{-Wa})
1948by commas. For example:
1949
1950@smallexample
1951gcc -c -g -O -Wa,-alh,-L file.c
1952@end smallexample
1953
1954@noindent
1955This passes two options to the assembler: @samp{-alh} (emit a listing to
5f5e16be 1956standard output with high-level and assembly source) and @samp{-L} (retain
252b5132
RH
1957local symbols in the symbol table).
1958
1959Usually you do not need to use this @samp{-Wa} mechanism, since many compiler
1960command-line options are automatically passed to the assembler by the compiler.
1961(You can call the @sc{gnu} compiler driver with the @samp{-v} option to see
1962precisely what options it passes to each compilation pass, including the
1963assembler.)
1964
0285c67d
NC
1965@c man end
1966
252b5132 1967@menu
83f10cb2 1968* a:: -a[cdghlns] enable listings
caa32fe5 1969* alternate:: --alternate enable alternate macro syntax
252b5132
RH
1970* D:: -D for compatibility
1971* f:: -f to work faster
1972* I:: -I for .include search path
1973@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
1974* K:: -K for compatibility
1975@end ifclear
1976@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
1977* K:: -K for difference tables
1978@end ifset
1979
ba83aca1 1980* L:: -L to retain local symbols
c3a27914 1981* listing:: --listing-XXX to configure listing output
252b5132
RH
1982* M:: -M or --mri to assemble in MRI compatibility mode
1983* MD:: --MD for dependency tracking
1984* o:: -o to name the object file
1985* R:: -R to join data and text sections
1986* statistics:: --statistics to see statistics about assembly
1987* traditional-format:: --traditional-format for compatible output
1988* v:: -v to announce version
2bdd6cf5 1989* W:: -W, --no-warn, --warn, --fatal-warnings to control warnings
252b5132
RH
1990* Z:: -Z to make object file even after errors
1991@end menu
1992
1993@node a
83f10cb2 1994@section Enable Listings: @option{-a[cdghlns]}
252b5132
RH
1995
1996@kindex -a
1997@kindex -ac
1998@kindex -ad
83f10cb2 1999@kindex -ag
252b5132
RH
2000@kindex -ah
2001@kindex -al
2002@kindex -an
2003@kindex -as
2004@cindex listings, enabling
2005@cindex assembly listings, enabling
2006
2007These options enable listing output from the assembler. By itself,
2008@samp{-a} requests high-level, assembly, and symbols listing.
2009You can use other letters to select specific options for the list:
2010@samp{-ah} requests a high-level language listing,
2011@samp{-al} requests an output-program assembly listing, and
2012@samp{-as} requests a symbol table listing.
2013High-level listings require that a compiler debugging option like
2014@samp{-g} be used, and that assembly listings (@samp{-al}) be requested
2015also.
2016
83f10cb2
NC
2017Use the @samp{-ag} option to print a first section with general assembly
2018information, like @value{AS} version, switches passed, or time stamp.
2019
252b5132
RH
2020Use the @samp{-ac} option to omit false conditionals from a listing. Any lines
2021which are not assembled because of a false @code{.if} (or @code{.ifdef}, or any
2022other conditional), or a true @code{.if} followed by an @code{.else}, will be
2023omitted from the listing.
2024
2025Use the @samp{-ad} option to omit debugging directives from the
2026listing.
2027
2028Once you have specified one of these options, you can further control
2029listing output and its appearance using the directives @code{.list},
2030@code{.nolist}, @code{.psize}, @code{.eject}, @code{.title}, and
2031@code{.sbttl}.
2032The @samp{-an} option turns off all forms processing.
2033If you do not request listing output with one of the @samp{-a} options, the
2034listing-control directives have no effect.
2035
2036The letters after @samp{-a} may be combined into one option,
2037@emph{e.g.}, @samp{-aln}.
2038
96e9638b
BW
2039Note if the assembler source is coming from the standard input (e.g.,
2040because it
c3a27914
NC
2041is being created by @code{@value{GCC}} and the @samp{-pipe} command line switch
2042is being used) then the listing will not contain any comments or preprocessor
2043directives. This is because the listing code buffers input source lines from
2044stdin only after they have been preprocessed by the assembler. This reduces
2045memory usage and makes the code more efficient.
2046
caa32fe5
NC
2047@node alternate
2048@section @option{--alternate}
2049
2050@kindex --alternate
2051Begin in alternate macro mode, see @ref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
2052
252b5132 2053@node D
a4fb0134 2054@section @option{-D}
252b5132
RH
2055
2056@kindex -D
2057This option has no effect whatsoever, but it is accepted to make it more
2058likely that scripts written for other assemblers also work with
a4fb0134 2059@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2060
2061@node f
a4fb0134 2062@section Work Faster: @option{-f}
252b5132
RH
2063
2064@kindex -f
2065@cindex trusted compiler
a4fb0134 2066@cindex faster processing (@option{-f})
252b5132
RH
2067@samp{-f} should only be used when assembling programs written by a
2068(trusted) compiler. @samp{-f} stops the assembler from doing whitespace
2069and comment preprocessing on
2070the input file(s) before assembling them. @xref{Preprocessing,
2071,Preprocessing}.
2072
2073@quotation
2074@emph{Warning:} if you use @samp{-f} when the files actually need to be
a4fb0134 2075preprocessed (if they contain comments, for example), @command{@value{AS}} does
252b5132
RH
2076not work correctly.
2077@end quotation
2078
2079@node I
c1253627 2080@section @code{.include} Search Path: @option{-I} @var{path}
252b5132
RH
2081
2082@kindex -I @var{path}
2083@cindex paths for @code{.include}
2084@cindex search path for @code{.include}
2085@cindex @code{include} directive search path
2086Use this option to add a @var{path} to the list of directories
a4fb0134
SC
2087@command{@value{AS}} searches for files specified in @code{.include}
2088directives (@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You may use @option{-I} as
252b5132 2089many times as necessary to include a variety of paths. The current
a4fb0134 2090working directory is always searched first; after that, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
2091searches any @samp{-I} directories in the same order as they were
2092specified (left to right) on the command line.
2093
2094@node K
a4fb0134 2095@section Difference Tables: @option{-K}
252b5132
RH
2096
2097@kindex -K
2098@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2099On the @value{TARGET} family, this option is allowed, but has no effect. It is
2100permitted for compatibility with the @sc{gnu} assembler on other platforms,
2101where it can be used to warn when the assembler alters the machine code
2102generated for @samp{.word} directives in difference tables. The @value{TARGET}
2103family does not have the addressing limitations that sometimes lead to this
2104alteration on other platforms.
2105@end ifclear
2106
2107@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2108@cindex difference tables, warning
2109@cindex warning for altered difference tables
96e9638b
BW
2110@command{@value{AS}} sometimes alters the code emitted for directives of the
2111form @samp{.word @var{sym1}-@var{sym2}}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
252b5132
RH
2112You can use the @samp{-K} option if you want a warning issued when this
2113is done.
2114@end ifset
2115
2116@node L
ba83aca1 2117@section Include Local Symbols: @option{-L}
252b5132
RH
2118
2119@kindex -L
ba83aca1
BW
2120@cindex local symbols, retaining in output
2121Symbols beginning with system-specific local label prefixes, typically
2122@samp{.L} for ELF systems or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, are
2123called @dfn{local symbols}. @xref{Symbol Names}. Normally you do not see
2124such symbols when debugging, because they are intended for the use of
2125programs (like compilers) that compose assembler programs, not for your
2126notice. Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} discard
2127such symbols, so you do not normally debug with them.
2128
2129This option tells @command{@value{AS}} to retain those local symbols
252b5132 2130in the object file. Usually if you do this you also tell the linker
ba83aca1 2131@code{@value{LD}} to preserve those symbols.
252b5132 2132
c3a27914 2133@node listing
a4fb0134 2134@section Configuring listing output: @option{--listing}
c3a27914
NC
2135
2136The listing feature of the assembler can be enabled via the command line switch
2137@samp{-a} (@pxref{a}). This feature combines the input source file(s) with a
2138hex dump of the corresponding locations in the output object file, and displays
96e9638b
BW
2139them as a listing file. The format of this listing can be controlled by
2140directives inside the assembler source (i.e., @code{.list} (@pxref{List}),
2141@code{.title} (@pxref{Title}), @code{.sbttl} (@pxref{Sbttl}),
2142@code{.psize} (@pxref{Psize}), and
2143@code{.eject} (@pxref{Eject}) and also by the following switches:
c3a27914 2144
a4fb0134 2145@table @gcctabopt
c3a27914
NC
2146@item --listing-lhs-width=@samp{number}
2147@kindex --listing-lhs-width
2148@cindex Width of first line disassembly output
2149Sets the maximum width, in words, of the first line of the hex byte dump. This
2150dump appears on the left hand side of the listing output.
2151
2152@item --listing-lhs-width2=@samp{number}
2153@kindex --listing-lhs-width2
2154@cindex Width of continuation lines of disassembly output
2155Sets the maximum width, in words, of any further lines of the hex byte dump for
8dfa0188 2156a given input source line. If this value is not specified, it defaults to being
c3a27914
NC
2157the same as the value specified for @samp{--listing-lhs-width}. If neither
2158switch is used the default is to one.
2159
2160@item --listing-rhs-width=@samp{number}
2161@kindex --listing-rhs-width
2162@cindex Width of source line output
2163Sets the maximum width, in characters, of the source line that is displayed
2164alongside the hex dump. The default value for this parameter is 100. The
2165source line is displayed on the right hand side of the listing output.
2166
2167@item --listing-cont-lines=@samp{number}
2168@kindex --listing-cont-lines
2169@cindex Maximum number of continuation lines
2170Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex dump that will be
2171displayed for a given single line of source input. The default value is 4.
2172@end table
2173
252b5132 2174@node M
a4fb0134 2175@section Assemble in MRI Compatibility Mode: @option{-M}
252b5132
RH
2176
2177@kindex -M
2178@cindex MRI compatibility mode
a4fb0134
SC
2179The @option{-M} or @option{--mri} option selects MRI compatibility mode. This
2180changes the syntax and pseudo-op handling of @command{@value{AS}} to make it
252b5132
RH
2181compatible with the @code{ASM68K} or the @code{ASM960} (depending upon the
2182configured target) assembler from Microtec Research. The exact nature of the
2183MRI syntax will not be documented here; see the MRI manuals for more
2184information. Note in particular that the handling of macros and macro
2185arguments is somewhat different. The purpose of this option is to permit
a4fb0134 2186assembling existing MRI assembler code using @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2187
2188The MRI compatibility is not complete. Certain operations of the MRI assembler
2189depend upon its object file format, and can not be supported using other object
2190file formats. Supporting these would require enhancing each object file format
2191individually. These are:
2192
2193@itemize @bullet
2194@item global symbols in common section
2195
2196The m68k MRI assembler supports common sections which are merged by the linker.
a4fb0134 2197Other object file formats do not support this. @command{@value{AS}} handles
252b5132
RH
2198common sections by treating them as a single common symbol. It permits local
2199symbols to be defined within a common section, but it can not support global
2200symbols, since it has no way to describe them.
2201
2202@item complex relocations
2203
2204The MRI assemblers support relocations against a negated section address, and
2205relocations which combine the start addresses of two or more sections. These
2206are not support by other object file formats.
2207
2208@item @code{END} pseudo-op specifying start address
2209
2210The MRI @code{END} pseudo-op permits the specification of a start address.
2211This is not supported by other object file formats. The start address may
a4fb0134 2212instead be specified using the @option{-e} option to the linker, or in a linker
252b5132
RH
2213script.
2214
2215@item @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops
2216
2217The MRI @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops assign a module
2218name to the output file. This is not supported by other object file formats.
2219
2220@item @code{ORG} pseudo-op
2221
2222The m68k MRI @code{ORG} pseudo-op begins an absolute section at a given
a4fb0134 2223address. This differs from the usual @command{@value{AS}} @code{.org} pseudo-op,
252b5132
RH
2224which changes the location within the current section. Absolute sections are
2225not supported by other object file formats. The address of a section may be
2226assigned within a linker script.
2227@end itemize
2228
2229There are some other features of the MRI assembler which are not supported by
a4fb0134 2230@command{@value{AS}}, typically either because they are difficult or because they
252b5132
RH
2231seem of little consequence. Some of these may be supported in future releases.
2232
2233@itemize @bullet
2234
2235@item EBCDIC strings
2236
2237EBCDIC strings are not supported.
2238
2239@item packed binary coded decimal
2240
2241Packed binary coded decimal is not supported. This means that the @code{DC.P}
2242and @code{DCB.P} pseudo-ops are not supported.
2243
2244@item @code{FEQU} pseudo-op
2245
2246The m68k @code{FEQU} pseudo-op is not supported.
2247
2248@item @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op
2249
2250The m68k @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op is not supported.
2251
2252@item @code{OPT} branch control options
2253
2254The m68k @code{OPT} branch control options---@code{B}, @code{BRS}, @code{BRB},
a4fb0134 2255@code{BRL}, and @code{BRW}---are ignored. @command{@value{AS}} automatically
252b5132
RH
2256relaxes all branches, whether forward or backward, to an appropriate size, so
2257these options serve no purpose.
2258
2259@item @code{OPT} list control options
2260
2261The following m68k @code{OPT} list control options are ignored: @code{C},
2262@code{CEX}, @code{CL}, @code{CRE}, @code{E}, @code{G}, @code{I}, @code{M},
2263@code{MEX}, @code{MC}, @code{MD}, @code{X}.
2264
2265@item other @code{OPT} options
2266
2267The following m68k @code{OPT} options are ignored: @code{NEST}, @code{O},
2268@code{OLD}, @code{OP}, @code{P}, @code{PCO}, @code{PCR}, @code{PCS}, @code{R}.
2269
2270@item @code{OPT} @code{D} option is default
2271
2272The m68k @code{OPT} @code{D} option is the default, unlike the MRI assembler.
2273@code{OPT NOD} may be used to turn it off.
2274
2275@item @code{XREF} pseudo-op.
2276
2277The m68k @code{XREF} pseudo-op is ignored.
2278
2279@item @code{.debug} pseudo-op
2280
2281The i960 @code{.debug} pseudo-op is not supported.
2282
2283@item @code{.extended} pseudo-op
2284
2285The i960 @code{.extended} pseudo-op is not supported.
2286
2287@item @code{.list} pseudo-op.
2288
2289The various options of the i960 @code{.list} pseudo-op are not supported.
2290
2291@item @code{.optimize} pseudo-op
2292
2293The i960 @code{.optimize} pseudo-op is not supported.
2294
2295@item @code{.output} pseudo-op
2296
2297The i960 @code{.output} pseudo-op is not supported.
2298
2299@item @code{.setreal} pseudo-op
2300
2301The i960 @code{.setreal} pseudo-op is not supported.
2302
2303@end itemize
2304
2305@node MD
c1253627 2306@section Dependency Tracking: @option{--MD}
252b5132
RH
2307
2308@kindex --MD
2309@cindex dependency tracking
2310@cindex make rules
2311
a4fb0134 2312@command{@value{AS}} can generate a dependency file for the file it creates. This
252b5132
RH
2313file consists of a single rule suitable for @code{make} describing the
2314dependencies of the main source file.
2315
2316The rule is written to the file named in its argument.
2317
2318This feature is used in the automatic updating of makefiles.
2319
2320@node o
a4fb0134 2321@section Name the Object File: @option{-o}
252b5132
RH
2322
2323@kindex -o
2324@cindex naming object file
2325@cindex object file name
a4fb0134 2326There is always one object file output when you run @command{@value{AS}}. By
252b5132
RH
2327default it has the name
2328@ifset GENERIC
2329@ifset I960
2330@file{a.out} (or @file{b.out}, for Intel 960 targets only).
2331@end ifset
2332@ifclear I960
2333@file{a.out}.
2334@end ifclear
2335@end ifset
2336@ifclear GENERIC
2337@ifset I960
2338@file{b.out}.
2339@end ifset
2340@ifclear I960
2341@file{a.out}.
2342@end ifclear
2343@end ifclear
2344You use this option (which takes exactly one filename) to give the
2345object file a different name.
2346
a4fb0134 2347Whatever the object file is called, @command{@value{AS}} overwrites any
252b5132
RH
2348existing file of the same name.
2349
2350@node R
a4fb0134 2351@section Join Data and Text Sections: @option{-R}
252b5132
RH
2352
2353@kindex -R
2354@cindex data and text sections, joining
2355@cindex text and data sections, joining
2356@cindex joining text and data sections
2357@cindex merging text and data sections
a4fb0134 2358@option{-R} tells @command{@value{AS}} to write the object file as if all
252b5132
RH
2359data-section data lives in the text section. This is only done at
2360the very last moment: your binary data are the same, but data
2361section parts are relocated differently. The data section part of
2362your object file is zero bytes long because all its bytes are
2363appended to the text section. (@xref{Sections,,Sections and Relocation}.)
2364
a4fb0134 2365When you specify @option{-R} it would be possible to generate shorter
252b5132
RH
2366address displacements (because we do not have to cross between text and
2367data section). We refrain from doing this simply for compatibility with
a4fb0134 2368older versions of @command{@value{AS}}. In future, @option{-R} may work this way.
252b5132 2369
c1253627
NC
2370@ifset COFF-ELF
2371When @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF or ELF output,
252b5132
RH
2372this option is only useful if you use sections named @samp{.text} and
2373@samp{.data}.
2374@end ifset
2375
2376@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134
SC
2377@option{-R} is not supported for any of the HPPA targets. Using
2378@option{-R} generates a warning from @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2379@end ifset
2380
2381@node statistics
a4fb0134 2382@section Display Assembly Statistics: @option{--statistics}
252b5132
RH
2383
2384@kindex --statistics
2385@cindex statistics, about assembly
2386@cindex time, total for assembly
2387@cindex space used, maximum for assembly
2388Use @samp{--statistics} to display two statistics about the resources used by
a4fb0134 2389@command{@value{AS}}: the maximum amount of space allocated during the assembly
252b5132
RH
2390(in bytes), and the total execution time taken for the assembly (in @sc{cpu}
2391seconds).
2392
2393@node traditional-format
c1253627 2394@section Compatible Output: @option{--traditional-format}
252b5132
RH
2395
2396@kindex --traditional-format
a4fb0134 2397For some targets, the output of @command{@value{AS}} is different in some ways
252b5132 2398from the output of some existing assembler. This switch requests
a4fb0134 2399@command{@value{AS}} to use the traditional format instead.
252b5132
RH
2400
2401For example, it disables the exception frame optimizations which
a4fb0134 2402@command{@value{AS}} normally does by default on @code{@value{GCC}} output.
252b5132
RH
2403
2404@node v
a4fb0134 2405@section Announce Version: @option{-v}
252b5132
RH
2406
2407@kindex -v
2408@kindex -version
2409@cindex assembler version
2410@cindex version of assembler
2411You can find out what version of as is running by including the
2412option @samp{-v} (which you can also spell as @samp{-version}) on the
2413command line.
2414
2415@node W
a4fb0134 2416@section Control Warnings: @option{-W}, @option{--warn}, @option{--no-warn}, @option{--fatal-warnings}
252b5132 2417
a4fb0134 2418@command{@value{AS}} should never give a warning or error message when
252b5132 2419assembling compiler output. But programs written by people often
a4fb0134 2420cause @command{@value{AS}} to give a warning that a particular assumption was
252b5132 2421made. All such warnings are directed to the standard error file.
2bdd6cf5 2422
c1253627
NC
2423@kindex -W
2424@kindex --no-warn
2bdd6cf5
GK
2425@cindex suppressing warnings
2426@cindex warnings, suppressing
a4fb0134 2427If you use the @option{-W} and @option{--no-warn} options, no warnings are issued.
2bdd6cf5 2428This only affects the warning messages: it does not change any particular of
a4fb0134 2429how @command{@value{AS}} assembles your file. Errors, which stop the assembly,
2bdd6cf5
GK
2430are still reported.
2431
c1253627 2432@kindex --fatal-warnings
2bdd6cf5
GK
2433@cindex errors, caused by warnings
2434@cindex warnings, causing error
a4fb0134 2435If you use the @option{--fatal-warnings} option, @command{@value{AS}} considers
2bdd6cf5
GK
2436files that generate warnings to be in error.
2437
c1253627 2438@kindex --warn
2bdd6cf5 2439@cindex warnings, switching on
a4fb0134 2440You can switch these options off again by specifying @option{--warn}, which
2bdd6cf5 2441causes warnings to be output as usual.
252b5132
RH
2442
2443@node Z
a4fb0134 2444@section Generate Object File in Spite of Errors: @option{-Z}
252b5132
RH
2445@cindex object file, after errors
2446@cindex errors, continuing after
a4fb0134 2447After an error message, @command{@value{AS}} normally produces no output. If for
252b5132 2448some reason you are interested in object file output even after
a4fb0134
SC
2449@command{@value{AS}} gives an error message on your program, use the @samp{-Z}
2450option. If there are any errors, @command{@value{AS}} continues anyways, and
252b5132
RH
2451writes an object file after a final warning message of the form @samp{@var{n}
2452errors, @var{m} warnings, generating bad object file.}
2453
2454@node Syntax
2455@chapter Syntax
2456
2457@cindex machine-independent syntax
2458@cindex syntax, machine-independent
2459This chapter describes the machine-independent syntax allowed in a
a4fb0134 2460source file. @command{@value{AS}} syntax is similar to what many other
252b5132
RH
2461assemblers use; it is inspired by the BSD 4.2
2462@ifclear VAX
2463assembler.
2464@end ifclear
2465@ifset VAX
a4fb0134 2466assembler, except that @command{@value{AS}} does not assemble Vax bit-fields.
252b5132
RH
2467@end ifset
2468
2469@menu
7c31ae13 2470* Preprocessing:: Preprocessing
252b5132
RH
2471* Whitespace:: Whitespace
2472* Comments:: Comments
2473* Symbol Intro:: Symbols
2474* Statements:: Statements
2475* Constants:: Constants
2476@end menu
2477
2478@node Preprocessing
2479@section Preprocessing
2480
2481@cindex preprocessing
a4fb0134 2482The @command{@value{AS}} internal preprocessor:
252b5132
RH
2483@itemize @bullet
2484@cindex whitespace, removed by preprocessor
2485@item
2486adjusts and removes extra whitespace. It leaves one space or tab before
2487the keywords on a line, and turns any other whitespace on the line into
2488a single space.
2489
2490@cindex comments, removed by preprocessor
2491@item
2492removes all comments, replacing them with a single space, or an
2493appropriate number of newlines.
2494
2495@cindex constants, converted by preprocessor
2496@item
2497converts character constants into the appropriate numeric values.
2498@end itemize
2499
2500It does not do macro processing, include file handling, or
2501anything else you may get from your C compiler's preprocessor. You can
2502do include file processing with the @code{.include} directive
2503(@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You can use the @sc{gnu} C compiler driver
c1253627 2504to get other ``CPP'' style preprocessing by giving the input file a
96e9638b 2505@samp{.S} suffix. @xref{Overall Options, ,Options Controlling the Kind of
252b5132
RH
2506Output, gcc.info, Using GNU CC}.
2507
2508Excess whitespace, comments, and character constants
2509cannot be used in the portions of the input text that are not
2510preprocessed.
2511
2512@cindex turning preprocessing on and off
2513@cindex preprocessing, turning on and off
2514@kindex #NO_APP
2515@kindex #APP
2516If the first line of an input file is @code{#NO_APP} or if you use the
2517@samp{-f} option, whitespace and comments are not removed from the input file.
2518Within an input file, you can ask for whitespace and comment removal in
2519specific portions of the by putting a line that says @code{#APP} before the
2520text that may contain whitespace or comments, and putting a line that says
2521@code{#NO_APP} after this text. This feature is mainly intend to support
2522@code{asm} statements in compilers whose output is otherwise free of comments
2523and whitespace.
2524
2525@node Whitespace
2526@section Whitespace
2527
2528@cindex whitespace
2529@dfn{Whitespace} is one or more blanks or tabs, in any order.
2530Whitespace is used to separate symbols, and to make programs neater for
2531people to read. Unless within character constants
2532(@pxref{Characters,,Character Constants}), any whitespace means the same
2533as exactly one space.
2534
2535@node Comments
2536@section Comments
2537
2538@cindex comments
a4fb0134 2539There are two ways of rendering comments to @command{@value{AS}}. In both
252b5132
RH
2540cases the comment is equivalent to one space.
2541
2542Anything from @samp{/*} through the next @samp{*/} is a comment.
2543This means you may not nest these comments.
2544
2545@smallexample
2546/*
2547 The only way to include a newline ('\n') in a comment
2548 is to use this sort of comment.
2549*/
2550
2551/* This sort of comment does not nest. */
2552@end smallexample
2553
2554@cindex line comment character
7c31ae13
NC
2555Anything from a @dfn{line comment} character up to the next newline is
2556considered a comment and is ignored. The line comment character is target
2557specific, and some targets multiple comment characters. Some targets also have
2558line comment characters that only work if they are the first character on a
2559line. Some targets use a sequence of two characters to introduce a line
2560comment. Some targets can also change their line comment characters depending
2561upon command line options that have been used. For more details see the
2562@emph{Syntax} section in the documentation for individual targets.
2563
2564If the line comment character is the hash sign (@samp{#}) then it still has the
2565special ability to enable and disable preprocessing (@pxref{Preprocessing}) and
2566to specify logical line numbers:
252b5132
RH
2567
2568@kindex #
2569@cindex lines starting with @code{#}
2570@cindex logical line numbers
2571To be compatible with past assemblers, lines that begin with @samp{#} have a
2572special interpretation. Following the @samp{#} should be an absolute
2573expression (@pxref{Expressions}): the logical line number of the @emph{next}
96e9638b 2574line. Then a string (@pxref{Strings, ,Strings}) is allowed: if present it is a
252b5132
RH
2575new logical file name. The rest of the line, if any, should be whitespace.
2576
2577If the first non-whitespace characters on the line are not numeric,
2578the line is ignored. (Just like a comment.)
2579
2580@smallexample
2581 # This is an ordinary comment.
2582# 42-6 "new_file_name" # New logical file name
2583 # This is logical line # 36.
2584@end smallexample
2585This feature is deprecated, and may disappear from future versions
a4fb0134 2586of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2587
2588@node Symbol Intro
2589@section Symbols
2590
2591@cindex characters used in symbols
2592@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
2593A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2594letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2595@samp{_.$}.
2596@end ifclear
2597@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
2598@ifclear GENERIC
2599@ifset H8
2600A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2601letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2602@samp{._$}. (Save that, on the H8/300 only, you may not use @samp{$} in
2603symbol names.)
2604@end ifset
2605@end ifclear
2606@end ifset
2607@ifset GENERIC
2608On most machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions
2609are noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}.
2610@end ifset
2611No symbol may begin with a digit. Case is significant.
7bfd842d
NC
2612There is no length limit: all characters are significant. Multibyte characters
2613are supported. Symbols are delimited by characters not in that set, or by the
2614beginning of a file (since the source program must end with a newline, the end
2615of a file is not a possible symbol delimiter). @xref{Symbols}.
252b5132
RH
2616@cindex length of symbols
2617
2618@node Statements
2619@section Statements
2620
2621@cindex statements, structure of
2622@cindex line separator character
2623@cindex statement separator character
7c31ae13
NC
2624
2625A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or a
2626@dfn{line separator character}. The line separator character is target
2627specific and described in the @emph{Syntax} section of each
2628target's documentation. Not all targets support a line separator character.
2629The newline or line separator character is considered to be part of the
2630preceding statement. Newlines and separators within character constants are an
252b5132 2631exception: they do not end statements.
252b5132
RH
2632
2633@cindex newline, required at file end
2634@cindex EOF, newline must precede
2635It is an error to end any statement with end-of-file: the last
2636character of any input file should be a newline.@refill
2637
2638An empty statement is allowed, and may include whitespace. It is ignored.
2639
2640@cindex instructions and directives
2641@cindex directives and instructions
2642@c "key symbol" is not used elsewhere in the document; seems pedantic to
2643@c @defn{} it in that case, as was done previously... doc@cygnus.com,
2644@c 13feb91.
2645A statement begins with zero or more labels, optionally followed by a
2646key symbol which determines what kind of statement it is. The key
2647symbol determines the syntax of the rest of the statement. If the
2648symbol begins with a dot @samp{.} then the statement is an assembler
2649directive: typically valid for any computer. If the symbol begins with
2650a letter the statement is an assembly language @dfn{instruction}: it
2651assembles into a machine language instruction.
2652@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 2653Different versions of @command{@value{AS}} for different computers
252b5132
RH
2654recognize different instructions. In fact, the same symbol may
2655represent a different instruction in a different computer's assembly
2656language.@refill
2657@end ifset
2658
2659@cindex @code{:} (label)
2660@cindex label (@code{:})
2661A label is a symbol immediately followed by a colon (@code{:}).
2662Whitespace before a label or after a colon is permitted, but you may not
2663have whitespace between a label's symbol and its colon. @xref{Labels}.
2664
2665@ifset HPPA
01642c12 2666For HPPA targets, labels need not be immediately followed by a colon, but
252b5132
RH
2667the definition of a label must begin in column zero. This also implies that
2668only one label may be defined on each line.
2669@end ifset
2670
2671@smallexample
2672label: .directive followed by something
2673another_label: # This is an empty statement.
2674 instruction operand_1, operand_2, @dots{}
2675@end smallexample
2676
2677@node Constants
2678@section Constants
2679
2680@cindex constants
2681A constant is a number, written so that its value is known by
2682inspection, without knowing any context. Like this:
2683@smallexample
2684@group
2685.byte 74, 0112, 092, 0x4A, 0X4a, 'J, '\J # All the same value.
2686.ascii "Ring the bell\7" # A string constant.
2687.octa 0x123456789abcdef0123456789ABCDEF0 # A bignum.
2688.float 0f-314159265358979323846264338327\
268995028841971.693993751E-40 # - pi, a flonum.
2690@end group
2691@end smallexample
2692
2693@menu
2694* Characters:: Character Constants
2695* Numbers:: Number Constants
2696@end menu
2697
2698@node Characters
2699@subsection Character Constants
2700
2701@cindex character constants
2702@cindex constants, character
2703There are two kinds of character constants. A @dfn{character} stands
2704for one character in one byte and its value may be used in
2705numeric expressions. String constants (properly called string
2706@emph{literals}) are potentially many bytes and their values may not be
2707used in arithmetic expressions.
2708
2709@menu
2710* Strings:: Strings
2711* Chars:: Characters
2712@end menu
2713
2714@node Strings
2715@subsubsection Strings
2716
2717@cindex string constants
2718@cindex constants, string
2719A @dfn{string} is written between double-quotes. It may contain
2720double-quotes or null characters. The way to get special characters
2721into a string is to @dfn{escape} these characters: precede them with
2722a backslash @samp{\} character. For example @samp{\\} represents
2723one backslash: the first @code{\} is an escape which tells
a4fb0134
SC
2724@command{@value{AS}} to interpret the second character literally as a backslash
2725(which prevents @command{@value{AS}} from recognizing the second @code{\} as an
252b5132
RH
2726escape character). The complete list of escapes follows.
2727
2728@cindex escape codes, character
2729@cindex character escape codes
2730@table @kbd
2731@c @item \a
2732@c Mnemonic for ACKnowledge; for ASCII this is octal code 007.
2733@c
2734@cindex @code{\b} (backspace character)
2735@cindex backspace (@code{\b})
2736@item \b
2737Mnemonic for backspace; for ASCII this is octal code 010.
2738
2739@c @item \e
2740@c Mnemonic for EOText; for ASCII this is octal code 004.
2741@c
2742@cindex @code{\f} (formfeed character)
2743@cindex formfeed (@code{\f})
2744@item \f
2745Mnemonic for FormFeed; for ASCII this is octal code 014.
2746
2747@cindex @code{\n} (newline character)
2748@cindex newline (@code{\n})
2749@item \n
2750Mnemonic for newline; for ASCII this is octal code 012.
2751
2752@c @item \p
2753@c Mnemonic for prefix; for ASCII this is octal code 033, usually known as @code{escape}.
2754@c
2755@cindex @code{\r} (carriage return character)
2756@cindex carriage return (@code{\r})
2757@item \r
2758Mnemonic for carriage-Return; for ASCII this is octal code 015.
2759
2760@c @item \s
2761@c Mnemonic for space; for ASCII this is octal code 040. Included for compliance with
2762@c other assemblers.
2763@c
2764@cindex @code{\t} (tab)
2765@cindex tab (@code{\t})
2766@item \t
2767Mnemonic for horizontal Tab; for ASCII this is octal code 011.
2768
2769@c @item \v
2770@c Mnemonic for Vertical tab; for ASCII this is octal code 013.
2771@c @item \x @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
2772@c A hexadecimal character code. The numeric code is 3 hexadecimal digits.
2773@c
2774@cindex @code{\@var{ddd}} (octal character code)
2775@cindex octal character code (@code{\@var{ddd}})
2776@item \ @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
2777An octal character code. The numeric code is 3 octal digits.
2778For compatibility with other Unix systems, 8 and 9 are accepted as digits:
2779for example, @code{\008} has the value 010, and @code{\009} the value 011.
2780
2781@cindex @code{\@var{xd...}} (hex character code)
2782@cindex hex character code (@code{\@var{xd...}})
2783@item \@code{x} @var{hex-digits...}
2784A hex character code. All trailing hex digits are combined. Either upper or
2785lower case @code{x} works.
2786
2787@cindex @code{\\} (@samp{\} character)
2788@cindex backslash (@code{\\})
2789@item \\
2790Represents one @samp{\} character.
2791
2792@c @item \'
2793@c Represents one @samp{'} (accent acute) character.
2794@c This is needed in single character literals
2795@c (@xref{Characters,,Character Constants}.) to represent
2796@c a @samp{'}.
2797@c
2798@cindex @code{\"} (doublequote character)
2799@cindex doublequote (@code{\"})
2800@item \"
2801Represents one @samp{"} character. Needed in strings to represent
2802this character, because an unescaped @samp{"} would end the string.
2803
2804@item \ @var{anything-else}
2805Any other character when escaped by @kbd{\} gives a warning, but
2806assembles as if the @samp{\} was not present. The idea is that if
2807you used an escape sequence you clearly didn't want the literal
a4fb0134
SC
2808interpretation of the following character. However @command{@value{AS}} has no
2809other interpretation, so @command{@value{AS}} knows it is giving you the wrong
252b5132
RH
2810code and warns you of the fact.
2811@end table
2812
2813Which characters are escapable, and what those escapes represent,
2814varies widely among assemblers. The current set is what we think
2815the BSD 4.2 assembler recognizes, and is a subset of what most C
2816compilers recognize. If you are in doubt, do not use an escape
2817sequence.
2818
2819@node Chars
2820@subsubsection Characters
2821
2822@cindex single character constant
2823@cindex character, single
2824@cindex constant, single character
2825A single character may be written as a single quote immediately
2826followed by that character. The same escapes apply to characters as
2827to strings. So if you want to write the character backslash, you
2828must write @kbd{'\\} where the first @code{\} escapes the second
2829@code{\}. As you can see, the quote is an acute accent, not a
2830grave accent. A newline
2831@ifclear GENERIC
2832@ifclear abnormal-separator
2833(or semicolon @samp{;})
2834@end ifclear
2835@ifset abnormal-separator
252b5132
RH
2836@ifset H8
2837(or dollar sign @samp{$}, for the H8/300; or semicolon @samp{;} for the
7be1c489 2838Renesas SH)
252b5132
RH
2839@end ifset
2840@end ifset
2841@end ifclear
2842immediately following an acute accent is taken as a literal character
2843and does not count as the end of a statement. The value of a character
2844constant in a numeric expression is the machine's byte-wide code for
a4fb0134 2845that character. @command{@value{AS}} assumes your character code is ASCII:
252b5132
RH
2846@kbd{'A} means 65, @kbd{'B} means 66, and so on. @refill
2847
2848@node Numbers
2849@subsection Number Constants
2850
2851@cindex constants, number
2852@cindex number constants
a4fb0134 2853@command{@value{AS}} distinguishes three kinds of numbers according to how they
252b5132
RH
2854are stored in the target machine. @emph{Integers} are numbers that
2855would fit into an @code{int} in the C language. @emph{Bignums} are
2856integers, but they are stored in more than 32 bits. @emph{Flonums}
2857are floating point numbers, described below.
2858
2859@menu
2860* Integers:: Integers
2861* Bignums:: Bignums
2862* Flonums:: Flonums
2863@ifclear GENERIC
2864@ifset I960
2865* Bit Fields:: Bit Fields
2866@end ifset
2867@end ifclear
2868@end menu
2869
2870@node Integers
2871@subsubsection Integers
2872@cindex integers
2873@cindex constants, integer
2874
2875@cindex binary integers
2876@cindex integers, binary
2877A binary integer is @samp{0b} or @samp{0B} followed by zero or more of
2878the binary digits @samp{01}.
2879
2880@cindex octal integers
2881@cindex integers, octal
2882An octal integer is @samp{0} followed by zero or more of the octal
2883digits (@samp{01234567}).
2884
2885@cindex decimal integers
2886@cindex integers, decimal
2887A decimal integer starts with a non-zero digit followed by zero or
2888more digits (@samp{0123456789}).
2889
2890@cindex hexadecimal integers
2891@cindex integers, hexadecimal
2892A hexadecimal integer is @samp{0x} or @samp{0X} followed by one or
2893more hexadecimal digits chosen from @samp{0123456789abcdefABCDEF}.
2894
2895Integers have the usual values. To denote a negative integer, use
2896the prefix operator @samp{-} discussed under expressions
2897(@pxref{Prefix Ops,,Prefix Operators}).
2898
2899@node Bignums
2900@subsubsection Bignums
2901
2902@cindex bignums
2903@cindex constants, bignum
2904A @dfn{bignum} has the same syntax and semantics as an integer
2905except that the number (or its negative) takes more than 32 bits to
2906represent in binary. The distinction is made because in some places
2907integers are permitted while bignums are not.
2908
2909@node Flonums
2910@subsubsection Flonums
2911@cindex flonums
2912@cindex floating point numbers
2913@cindex constants, floating point
2914
2915@cindex precision, floating point
2916A @dfn{flonum} represents a floating point number. The translation is
2917indirect: a decimal floating point number from the text is converted by
a4fb0134 2918@command{@value{AS}} to a generic binary floating point number of more than
252b5132
RH
2919sufficient precision. This generic floating point number is converted
2920to a particular computer's floating point format (or formats) by a
a4fb0134 2921portion of @command{@value{AS}} specialized to that computer.
252b5132
RH
2922
2923A flonum is written by writing (in order)
2924@itemize @bullet
2925@item
2926The digit @samp{0}.
2927@ifset HPPA
2928(@samp{0} is optional on the HPPA.)
2929@end ifset
2930
2931@item
a4fb0134 2932A letter, to tell @command{@value{AS}} the rest of the number is a flonum.
252b5132
RH
2933@ifset GENERIC
2934@kbd{e} is recommended. Case is not important.
2935@ignore
2936@c FIXME: verify if flonum syntax really this vague for most cases
2937(Any otherwise illegal letter works here, but that might be changed. Vax BSD
29384.2 assembler seems to allow any of @samp{defghDEFGH}.)
2939@end ignore
2940
7be1c489 2941On the H8/300, Renesas / SuperH SH,
252b5132
RH
2942and AMD 29K architectures, the letter must be
2943one of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
2944
2945On the ARC, the letter must be one of the letters @samp{DFRS}
2946(in upper or lower case).
2947
2948On the Intel 960 architecture, the letter must be
2949one of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
2950
2951On the HPPA architecture, the letter must be @samp{E} (upper case only).
2952@end ifset
2953@ifclear GENERIC
252b5132
RH
2954@ifset ARC
2955One of the letters @samp{DFRS} (in upper or lower case).
2956@end ifset
2957@ifset H8
2958One of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
2959@end ifset
2960@ifset HPPA
2961The letter @samp{E} (upper case only).
2962@end ifset
2963@ifset I960
2964One of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
2965@end ifset
2966@end ifclear
2967
2968@item
2969An optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
2970
2971@item
2972An optional @dfn{integer part}: zero or more decimal digits.
2973
2974@item
2975An optional @dfn{fractional part}: @samp{.} followed by zero
2976or more decimal digits.
2977
2978@item
2979An optional exponent, consisting of:
2980
2981@itemize @bullet
2982@item
2983An @samp{E} or @samp{e}.
2984@c I can't find a config where "EXP_CHARS" is other than 'eE', but in
2985@c principle this can perfectly well be different on different targets.
2986@item
2987Optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
2988@item
2989One or more decimal digits.
2990@end itemize
2991
2992@end itemize
2993
2994At least one of the integer part or the fractional part must be
2995present. The floating point number has the usual base-10 value.
2996
a4fb0134 2997@command{@value{AS}} does all processing using integers. Flonums are computed
252b5132 2998independently of any floating point hardware in the computer running
a4fb0134 2999@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3000
3001@ifclear GENERIC
3002@ifset I960
3003@c Bit fields are written as a general facility but are also controlled
3004@c by a conditional-compilation flag---which is as of now (21mar91)
3005@c turned on only by the i960 config of GAS.
3006@node Bit Fields
3007@subsubsection Bit Fields
3008
3009@cindex bit fields
3010@cindex constants, bit field
3011You can also define numeric constants as @dfn{bit fields}.
b45619c0 3012Specify two numbers separated by a colon---
252b5132
RH
3013@example
3014@var{mask}:@var{value}
3015@end example
3016@noindent
a4fb0134 3017@command{@value{AS}} applies a bitwise @sc{and} between @var{mask} and
252b5132
RH
3018@var{value}.
3019
3020The resulting number is then packed
3021@ifset GENERIC
3022@c this conditional paren in case bit fields turned on elsewhere than 960
3023(in host-dependent byte order)
3024@end ifset
3025into a field whose width depends on which assembler directive has the
3026bit-field as its argument. Overflow (a result from the bitwise and
3027requiring more binary digits to represent) is not an error; instead,
3028more constants are generated, of the specified width, beginning with the
3029least significant digits.@refill
3030
3031The directives @code{.byte}, @code{.hword}, @code{.int}, @code{.long},
3032@code{.short}, and @code{.word} accept bit-field arguments.
3033@end ifset
3034@end ifclear
3035
3036@node Sections
3037@chapter Sections and Relocation
3038@cindex sections
3039@cindex relocation
3040
3041@menu
3042* Secs Background:: Background
3043* Ld Sections:: Linker Sections
3044* As Sections:: Assembler Internal Sections
3045* Sub-Sections:: Sub-Sections
3046* bss:: bss Section
3047@end menu
3048
3049@node Secs Background
3050@section Background
3051
3052Roughly, a section is a range of addresses, with no gaps; all data
3053``in'' those addresses is treated the same for some particular purpose.
3054For example there may be a ``read only'' section.
3055
3056@cindex linker, and assembler
3057@cindex assembler, and linker
3058The linker @code{@value{LD}} reads many object files (partial programs) and
a4fb0134 3059combines their contents to form a runnable program. When @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
3060emits an object file, the partial program is assumed to start at address 0.
3061@code{@value{LD}} assigns the final addresses for the partial program, so that
3062different partial programs do not overlap. This is actually an
a4fb0134 3063oversimplification, but it suffices to explain how @command{@value{AS}} uses
252b5132
RH
3064sections.
3065
3066@code{@value{LD}} moves blocks of bytes of your program to their run-time
3067addresses. These blocks slide to their run-time addresses as rigid
3068units; their length does not change and neither does the order of bytes
3069within them. Such a rigid unit is called a @emph{section}. Assigning
3070run-time addresses to sections is called @dfn{relocation}. It includes
3071the task of adjusting mentions of object-file addresses so they refer to
3072the proper run-time addresses.
3073@ifset H8
7be1c489 3074For the H8/300, and for the Renesas / SuperH SH,
a4fb0134 3075@command{@value{AS}} pads sections if needed to
252b5132
RH
3076ensure they end on a word (sixteen bit) boundary.
3077@end ifset
3078
3079@cindex standard assembler sections
a4fb0134 3080An object file written by @command{@value{AS}} has at least three sections, any
252b5132
RH
3081of which may be empty. These are named @dfn{text}, @dfn{data} and
3082@dfn{bss} sections.
3083
c1253627 3084@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 3085@ifset GENERIC
c1253627 3086When it generates COFF or ELF output,
252b5132 3087@end ifset
a4fb0134 3088@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you specify
252b5132
RH
3089using the @samp{.section} directive (@pxref{Section,,@code{.section}}).
3090If you do not use any directives that place output in the @samp{.text}
3091or @samp{.data} sections, these sections still exist, but are empty.
3092@end ifset
3093
3094@ifset HPPA
3095@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 3096When @command{@value{AS}} generates SOM or ELF output for the HPPA,
252b5132 3097@end ifset
a4fb0134 3098@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you
252b5132
RH
3099specify using the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace} directives. See
3100@cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly Language Reference Manual}
3101(HP 92432-90001) for details on the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace}
3102assembler directives.
3103
3104@ifset SOM
a4fb0134 3105Additionally, @command{@value{AS}} uses different names for the standard
252b5132
RH
3106text, data, and bss sections when generating SOM output. Program text
3107is placed into the @samp{$CODE$} section, data into @samp{$DATA$}, and
3108BSS into @samp{$BSS$}.
3109@end ifset
3110@end ifset
3111
3112Within the object file, the text section starts at address @code{0}, the
3113data section follows, and the bss section follows the data section.
3114
3115@ifset HPPA
3116When generating either SOM or ELF output files on the HPPA, the text
3117section starts at address @code{0}, the data section at address
3118@code{0x4000000}, and the bss section follows the data section.
3119@end ifset
3120
3121To let @code{@value{LD}} know which data changes when the sections are
a4fb0134 3122relocated, and how to change that data, @command{@value{AS}} also writes to the
252b5132
RH
3123object file details of the relocation needed. To perform relocation
3124@code{@value{LD}} must know, each time an address in the object
3125file is mentioned:
3126@itemize @bullet
3127@item
3128Where in the object file is the beginning of this reference to
3129an address?
3130@item
3131How long (in bytes) is this reference?
3132@item
3133Which section does the address refer to? What is the numeric value of
3134@display
3135(@var{address}) @minus{} (@var{start-address of section})?
3136@end display
3137@item
3138Is the reference to an address ``Program-Counter relative''?
3139@end itemize
3140
3141@cindex addresses, format of
3142@cindex section-relative addressing
a4fb0134 3143In fact, every address @command{@value{AS}} ever uses is expressed as
252b5132
RH
3144@display
3145(@var{section}) + (@var{offset into section})
3146@end display
3147@noindent
a4fb0134 3148Further, most expressions @command{@value{AS}} computes have this section-relative
252b5132
RH
3149nature.
3150@ifset SOM
3151(For some object formats, such as SOM for the HPPA, some expressions are
3152symbol-relative instead.)
3153@end ifset
3154
3155In this manual we use the notation @{@var{secname} @var{N}@} to mean ``offset
3156@var{N} into section @var{secname}.''
3157
3158Apart from text, data and bss sections you need to know about the
3159@dfn{absolute} section. When @code{@value{LD}} mixes partial programs,
3160addresses in the absolute section remain unchanged. For example, address
3161@code{@{absolute 0@}} is ``relocated'' to run-time address 0 by
3162@code{@value{LD}}. Although the linker never arranges two partial programs'
3163data sections with overlapping addresses after linking, @emph{by definition}
3164their absolute sections must overlap. Address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in one
3165part of a program is always the same address when the program is running as
3166address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in any other part of the program.
3167
3168The idea of sections is extended to the @dfn{undefined} section. Any
3169address whose section is unknown at assembly time is by definition
3170rendered @{undefined @var{U}@}---where @var{U} is filled in later.
3171Since numbers are always defined, the only way to generate an undefined
3172address is to mention an undefined symbol. A reference to a named
3173common block would be such a symbol: its value is unknown at assembly
3174time so it has section @emph{undefined}.
3175
3176By analogy the word @emph{section} is used to describe groups of sections in
3177the linked program. @code{@value{LD}} puts all partial programs' text
3178sections in contiguous addresses in the linked program. It is
3179customary to refer to the @emph{text section} of a program, meaning all
3180the addresses of all partial programs' text sections. Likewise for
3181data and bss sections.
3182
3183Some sections are manipulated by @code{@value{LD}}; others are invented for
a4fb0134 3184use of @command{@value{AS}} and have no meaning except during assembly.
252b5132
RH
3185
3186@node Ld Sections
3187@section Linker Sections
3188@code{@value{LD}} deals with just four kinds of sections, summarized below.
3189
3190@table @strong
3191
c1253627 3192@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3193@cindex named sections
3194@cindex sections, named
3195@item named sections
3196@end ifset
3197@ifset aout-bout
3198@cindex text section
3199@cindex data section
3200@itemx text section
3201@itemx data section
3202@end ifset
a4fb0134 3203These sections hold your program. @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} treat them as
252b5132 3204separate but equal sections. Anything you can say of one section is
c1253627
NC
3205true of another.
3206@c @ifset aout-bout
252b5132
RH
3207When the program is running, however, it is
3208customary for the text section to be unalterable. The
3209text section is often shared among processes: it contains
3210instructions, constants and the like. The data section of a running
3211program is usually alterable: for example, C variables would be stored
3212in the data section.
c1253627 3213@c @end ifset
252b5132
RH
3214
3215@cindex bss section
3216@item bss section
3217This section contains zeroed bytes when your program begins running. It
a349d9dd 3218is used to hold uninitialized variables or common storage. The length of
252b5132
RH
3219each partial program's bss section is important, but because it starts
3220out containing zeroed bytes there is no need to store explicit zero
3221bytes in the object file. The bss section was invented to eliminate
3222those explicit zeros from object files.
3223
3224@cindex absolute section
3225@item absolute section
3226Address 0 of this section is always ``relocated'' to runtime address 0.
3227This is useful if you want to refer to an address that @code{@value{LD}} must
3228not change when relocating. In this sense we speak of absolute
3229addresses being ``unrelocatable'': they do not change during relocation.
3230
3231@cindex undefined section
3232@item undefined section
3233This ``section'' is a catch-all for address references to objects not in
3234the preceding sections.
3235@c FIXME: ref to some other doc on obj-file formats could go here.
3236@end table
3237
3238@cindex relocation example
3239An idealized example of three relocatable sections follows.
c1253627 3240@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3241The example uses the traditional section names @samp{.text} and @samp{.data}.
3242@end ifset
3243Memory addresses are on the horizontal axis.
3244
3245@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3246@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3247@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3248@smallexample
3249 +-----+----+--+
3250partial program # 1: |ttttt|dddd|00|
3251 +-----+----+--+
3252
3253 text data bss
3254 seg. seg. seg.
3255
3256 +---+---+---+
3257partial program # 2: |TTT|DDD|000|
3258 +---+---+---+
3259
3260 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3261linked program: | |TTT|ttttt| |dddd|DDD|00000|
3262 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3263
3264 addresses: 0 @dots{}
3265@end smallexample
3266@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3267@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3268@need 5000
3269@tex
c1253627 3270\bigskip
252b5132
RH
3271\line{\it Partial program \#1: \hfil}
3272\line{\ibox{2.5cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3273\line{\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt ttttt}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 00}\hfil}
3274
3275\line{\it Partial program \#2: \hfil}
3276\line{\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{1.5cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3277\line{\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt DDDD}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 000}\hfil}
3278
3279\line{\it linked program: \hfil}
3280\line{\ibox{.5cm}{}\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2.5cm}{}\ibox{.75cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1.5cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3281\line{\boxit{.5cm}{}\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt
3282ttttt}\boxit{.75cm}{}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt
3283DDDD}\boxit{2cm}{\tt 00000}\ \dots\hfil}
3284
3285\line{\it addresses: \hfil}
3286\line{0\dots\hfil}
3287
3288@end tex
3289@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3290
3291@node As Sections
3292@section Assembler Internal Sections
3293
3294@cindex internal assembler sections
3295@cindex sections in messages, internal
a4fb0134 3296These sections are meant only for the internal use of @command{@value{AS}}. They
252b5132 3297have no meaning at run-time. You do not really need to know about these
a4fb0134 3298sections for most purposes; but they can be mentioned in @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132 3299warning messages, so it might be helpful to have an idea of their
a4fb0134 3300meanings to @command{@value{AS}}. These sections are used to permit the
252b5132
RH
3301value of every expression in your assembly language program to be a
3302section-relative address.
3303
3304@table @b
3305@cindex assembler internal logic error
3306@item ASSEMBLER-INTERNAL-LOGIC-ERROR!
3307An internal assembler logic error has been found. This means there is a
3308bug in the assembler.
3309
3310@cindex expr (internal section)
3311@item expr section
3312The assembler stores complex expression internally as combinations of
3313symbols. When it needs to represent an expression as a symbol, it puts
3314it in the expr section.
3315@c FIXME item debug
3316@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector preload
3317@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector postload
3318@c FIXME item register
3319@end table
3320
3321@node Sub-Sections
3322@section Sub-Sections
3323
3324@cindex numbered subsections
3325@cindex grouping data
3326@ifset aout-bout
3327Assembled bytes
c1253627 3328@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3329conventionally
3330@end ifset
3331fall into two sections: text and data.
3332@end ifset
3333You may have separate groups of
3334@ifset GENERIC
3335data in named sections
3336@end ifset
3337@ifclear GENERIC
3338@ifclear aout-bout
3339data in named sections
3340@end ifclear
3341@ifset aout-bout
3342text or data
3343@end ifset
3344@end ifclear
3345that you want to end up near to each other in the object file, even though they
a4fb0134 3346are not contiguous in the assembler source. @command{@value{AS}} allows you to
252b5132
RH
3347use @dfn{subsections} for this purpose. Within each section, there can be
3348numbered subsections with values from 0 to 8192. Objects assembled into the
3349same subsection go into the object file together with other objects in the same
3350subsection. For example, a compiler might want to store constants in the text
3351section, but might not want to have them interspersed with the program being
3352assembled. In this case, the compiler could issue a @samp{.text 0} before each
3353section of code being output, and a @samp{.text 1} before each group of
3354constants being output.
3355
3356Subsections are optional. If you do not use subsections, everything
3357goes in subsection number zero.
3358
3359@ifset GENERIC
3360Each subsection is zero-padded up to a multiple of four bytes.
3361(Subsections may be padded a different amount on different flavors
a4fb0134 3362of @command{@value{AS}}.)
252b5132
RH
3363@end ifset
3364@ifclear GENERIC
3365@ifset H8
7be1c489 3366On the H8/300 platform, each subsection is zero-padded to a word
252b5132 3367boundary (two bytes).
c2dcd04e 3368The same is true on the Renesas SH.
252b5132
RH
3369@end ifset
3370@ifset I960
3371@c FIXME section padding (alignment)?
3372@c Rich Pixley says padding here depends on target obj code format; that
3373@c doesn't seem particularly useful to say without further elaboration,
3374@c so for now I say nothing about it. If this is a generic BFD issue,
3375@c these paragraphs might need to vanish from this manual, and be
3376@c discussed in BFD chapter of binutils (or some such).
3377@end ifset
252b5132
RH
3378@end ifclear
3379
3380Subsections appear in your object file in numeric order, lowest numbered
3381to highest. (All this to be compatible with other people's assemblers.)
3382The object file contains no representation of subsections; @code{@value{LD}} and
3383other programs that manipulate object files see no trace of them.
3384They just see all your text subsections as a text section, and all your
3385data subsections as a data section.
3386
3387To specify which subsection you want subsequent statements assembled
3388into, use a numeric argument to specify it, in a @samp{.text
3389@var{expression}} or a @samp{.data @var{expression}} statement.
ed9589d4 3390@ifset COFF
252b5132 3391@ifset GENERIC
ed9589d4 3392When generating COFF output, you
252b5132
RH
3393@end ifset
3394@ifclear GENERIC
3395You
3396@end ifclear
3397can also use an extra subsection
3398argument with arbitrary named sections: @samp{.section @var{name},
3399@var{expression}}.
3400@end ifset
ed9589d4
BW
3401@ifset ELF
3402@ifset GENERIC
3403When generating ELF output, you
3404@end ifset
3405@ifclear GENERIC
3406You
3407@end ifclear
3408can also use the @code{.subsection} directive (@pxref{SubSection})
3409to specify a subsection: @samp{.subsection @var{expression}}.
3410@end ifset
96e9638b
BW
3411@var{Expression} should be an absolute expression
3412(@pxref{Expressions}). If you just say @samp{.text} then @samp{.text 0}
252b5132
RH
3413is assumed. Likewise @samp{.data} means @samp{.data 0}. Assembly
3414begins in @code{text 0}. For instance:
3415@smallexample
3416.text 0 # The default subsection is text 0 anyway.
3417.ascii "This lives in the first text subsection. *"
3418.text 1
3419.ascii "But this lives in the second text subsection."
3420.data 0
3421.ascii "This lives in the data section,"
3422.ascii "in the first data subsection."
3423.text 0
3424.ascii "This lives in the first text section,"
3425.ascii "immediately following the asterisk (*)."
3426@end smallexample
3427
3428Each section has a @dfn{location counter} incremented by one for every byte
3429assembled into that section. Because subsections are merely a convenience
a4fb0134 3430restricted to @command{@value{AS}} there is no concept of a subsection location
252b5132
RH
3431counter. There is no way to directly manipulate a location counter---but the
3432@code{.align} directive changes it, and any label definition captures its
3433current value. The location counter of the section where statements are being
3434assembled is said to be the @dfn{active} location counter.
3435
3436@node bss
3437@section bss Section
3438
3439@cindex bss section
3440@cindex common variable storage
3441The bss section is used for local common variable storage.
3442You may allocate address space in the bss section, but you may
3443not dictate data to load into it before your program executes. When
3444your program starts running, all the contents of the bss
3445section are zeroed bytes.
3446
3447The @code{.lcomm} pseudo-op defines a symbol in the bss section; see
3448@ref{Lcomm,,@code{.lcomm}}.
3449
3450The @code{.comm} pseudo-op may be used to declare a common symbol, which is
96e9638b 3451another form of uninitialized symbol; see @ref{Comm,,@code{.comm}}.
252b5132
RH
3452
3453@ifset GENERIC
3454When assembling for a target which supports multiple sections, such as ELF or
3455COFF, you may switch into the @code{.bss} section and define symbols as usual;
3456see @ref{Section,,@code{.section}}. You may only assemble zero values into the
3457section. Typically the section will only contain symbol definitions and
3458@code{.skip} directives (@pxref{Skip,,@code{.skip}}).
3459@end ifset
3460
3461@node Symbols
3462@chapter Symbols
3463
3464@cindex symbols
3465Symbols are a central concept: the programmer uses symbols to name
3466things, the linker uses symbols to link, and the debugger uses symbols
3467to debug.
3468
3469@quotation
3470@cindex debuggers, and symbol order
a4fb0134 3471@emph{Warning:} @command{@value{AS}} does not place symbols in the object file in
252b5132
RH
3472the same order they were declared. This may break some debuggers.
3473@end quotation
3474
3475@menu
3476* Labels:: Labels
3477* Setting Symbols:: Giving Symbols Other Values
3478* Symbol Names:: Symbol Names
3479* Dot:: The Special Dot Symbol
3480* Symbol Attributes:: Symbol Attributes
3481@end menu
3482
3483@node Labels
3484@section Labels
3485
3486@cindex labels
3487A @dfn{label} is written as a symbol immediately followed by a colon
3488@samp{:}. The symbol then represents the current value of the
3489active location counter, and is, for example, a suitable instruction
3490operand. You are warned if you use the same symbol to represent two
3491different locations: the first definition overrides any other
3492definitions.
3493
3494@ifset HPPA
3495On the HPPA, the usual form for a label need not be immediately followed by a
3496colon, but instead must start in column zero. Only one label may be defined on
a4fb0134 3497a single line. To work around this, the HPPA version of @command{@value{AS}} also
252b5132
RH
3498provides a special directive @code{.label} for defining labels more flexibly.
3499@end ifset
3500
3501@node Setting Symbols
3502@section Giving Symbols Other Values
3503
3504@cindex assigning values to symbols
3505@cindex symbol values, assigning
3506A symbol can be given an arbitrary value by writing a symbol, followed
3507by an equals sign @samp{=}, followed by an expression
3508(@pxref{Expressions}). This is equivalent to using the @code{.set}
9497f5ac
NC
3509directive. @xref{Set,,@code{.set}}. In the same way, using a double
3510equals sign @samp{=}@samp{=} here represents an equivalent of the
3511@code{.eqv} directive. @xref{Eqv,,@code{.eqv}}.
252b5132 3512
f8739b83
JZ
3513@ifset Blackfin
3514Blackfin does not support symbol assignment with @samp{=}.
3515@end ifset
3516
252b5132
RH
3517@node Symbol Names
3518@section Symbol Names
3519
3520@cindex symbol names
3521@cindex names, symbol
3522@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
3523Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On most
3524machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions are
3525noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}. That character may be followed by any
96e9638b
BW
3526string of digits, letters, dollar signs (unless otherwise noted for a
3527particular target machine), and underscores.
252b5132 3528@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3529@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
3530@ifset H8
3531Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On the
7be1c489 3532Renesas SH you can also use @code{$} in symbol names. That
c2dcd04e
NC
3533character may be followed by any string of digits, letters, dollar signs (save
3534on the H8/300), and underscores.
252b5132
RH
3535@end ifset
3536@end ifset
3537
3538Case of letters is significant: @code{foo} is a different symbol name
3539than @code{Foo}.
3540
7bfd842d
NC
3541Multibyte characters are supported. To generate a symbol name containing
3542multibyte characters enclose it within double quotes and use escape codes. cf
3543@xref{Strings}. Generating a multibyte symbol name from a label is not
3544currently supported.
3545
252b5132
RH
3546Each symbol has exactly one name. Each name in an assembly language program
3547refers to exactly one symbol. You may use that symbol name any number of times
3548in a program.
3549
3550@subheading Local Symbol Names
3551
3552@cindex local symbol names
3553@cindex symbol names, local
ba83aca1
BW
3554A local symbol is any symbol beginning with certain local label prefixes.
3555By default, the local label prefix is @samp{.L} for ELF systems or
3556@samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, but each target may have its own
3557set of local label prefixes.
3558@ifset HPPA
3559On the HPPA local symbols begin with @samp{L$}.
3560@end ifset
3561
3562Local symbols are defined and used within the assembler, but they are
3563normally not saved in object files. Thus, they are not visible when debugging.
3564You may use the @samp{-L} option (@pxref{L, ,Include Local Symbols:
3565@option{-L}}) to retain the local symbols in the object files.
3566
3567@subheading Local Labels
3568
3569@cindex local labels
252b5132
RH
3570@cindex temporary symbol names
3571@cindex symbol names, temporary
ba83aca1 3572Local labels help compilers and programmers use names temporarily.
2d5aaba0
NC
3573They create symbols which are guaranteed to be unique over the entire scope of
3574the input source code and which can be referred to by a simple notation.
ba83aca1 3575To define a local label, write a label of the form @samp{@b{N}:} (where @b{N}
2d5aaba0 3576represents any positive integer). To refer to the most recent previous
ba83aca1 3577definition of that label write @samp{@b{N}b}, using the same number as when
2d5aaba0 3578you defined the label. To refer to the next definition of a local label, write
96e9638b 3579@samp{@b{N}f}---the @samp{b} stands for ``backwards'' and the @samp{f} stands
2d5aaba0
NC
3580for ``forwards''.
3581
3582There is no restriction on how you can use these labels, and you can reuse them
3583too. So that it is possible to repeatedly define the same local label (using
3584the same number @samp{@b{N}}), although you can only refer to the most recently
3585defined local label of that number (for a backwards reference) or the next
3586definition of a specific local label for a forward reference. It is also worth
3587noting that the first 10 local labels (@samp{@b{0:}}@dots{}@samp{@b{9:}}) are
3588implemented in a slightly more efficient manner than the others.
3589
3590Here is an example:
3591
3592@smallexample
35931: branch 1f
35942: branch 1b
35951: branch 2f
35962: branch 1b
3597@end smallexample
3598
3599Which is the equivalent of:
3600
3601@smallexample
3602label_1: branch label_3
3603label_2: branch label_1
3604label_3: branch label_4
3605label_4: branch label_3
3606@end smallexample
3607
ba83aca1 3608Local label names are only a notational device. They are immediately
2d5aaba0 3609transformed into more conventional symbol names before the assembler uses them.
96e9638b
BW
3610The symbol names are stored in the symbol table, appear in error messages, and
3611are optionally emitted to the object file. The names are constructed using
3612these parts:
252b5132
RH
3613
3614@table @code
ba83aca1
BW
3615@item @emph{local label prefix}
3616All local symbols begin with the system-specific local label prefix.
3617Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} forget symbols
3618that start with the local label prefix. These labels are
252b5132 3619used for symbols you are never intended to see. If you use the
a4fb0134 3620@samp{-L} option then @command{@value{AS}} retains these symbols in the
252b5132
RH
3621object file. If you also instruct @code{@value{LD}} to retain these symbols,
3622you may use them in debugging.
3623
2d5aaba0
NC
3624@item @var{number}
3625This is the number that was used in the local label definition. So if the
01642c12 3626label is written @samp{55:} then the number is @samp{55}.
252b5132 3627
2d5aaba0
NC
3628@item @kbd{C-B}
3629This unusual character is included so you do not accidentally invent a symbol
3630of the same name. The character has ASCII value of @samp{\002} (control-B).
252b5132
RH
3631
3632@item @emph{ordinal number}
2d5aaba0 3633This is a serial number to keep the labels distinct. The first definition of
01642c12 3634@samp{0:} gets the number @samp{1}. The 15th definition of @samp{0:} gets the
2d5aaba0 3635number @samp{15}, and so on. Likewise the first definition of @samp{1:} gets
b45619c0 3636the number @samp{1} and its 15th definition gets @samp{15} as well.
252b5132
RH
3637@end table
3638
ba83aca1
BW
3639So for example, the first @code{1:} may be named @code{.L1@kbd{C-B}1}, and
3640the 44th @code{3:} may be named @code{.L3@kbd{C-B}44}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3641
3642@subheading Dollar Local Labels
3643@cindex dollar local symbols
3644
3645@code{@value{AS}} also supports an even more local form of local labels called
96e9638b
BW
3646dollar labels. These labels go out of scope (i.e., they become undefined) as
3647soon as a non-local label is defined. Thus they remain valid for only a small
2d5aaba0
NC
3648region of the input source code. Normal local labels, by contrast, remain in
3649scope for the entire file, or until they are redefined by another occurrence of
3650the same local label.
3651
3652Dollar labels are defined in exactly the same way as ordinary local labels,
77cca80f
NC
3653except that they have a dollar sign suffix to their numeric value, e.g.,
3654@samp{@b{55$:}}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3655
3656They can also be distinguished from ordinary local labels by their transformed
96e9638b
BW
3657names which use ASCII character @samp{\001} (control-A) as the magic character
3658to distinguish them from ordinary labels. For example, the fifth definition of
ba83aca1 3659@samp{6$} may be named @samp{.L6@kbd{C-A}5}.
252b5132
RH
3660
3661@node Dot
3662@section The Special Dot Symbol
3663
3664@cindex dot (symbol)
3665@cindex @code{.} (symbol)
3666@cindex current address
3667@cindex location counter
3668The special symbol @samp{.} refers to the current address that
a4fb0134 3669@command{@value{AS}} is assembling into. Thus, the expression @samp{melvin:
252b5132
RH
3670.long .} defines @code{melvin} to contain its own address.
3671Assigning a value to @code{.} is treated the same as a @code{.org}
884f0d36 3672directive.
252b5132 3673@ifclear no-space-dir
884f0d36 3674Thus, the expression @samp{.=.+4} is the same as saying
252b5132
RH
3675@samp{.space 4}.
3676@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3677
3678@node Symbol Attributes
3679@section Symbol Attributes
3680
3681@cindex symbol attributes
3682@cindex attributes, symbol
3683Every symbol has, as well as its name, the attributes ``Value'' and
3684``Type''. Depending on output format, symbols can also have auxiliary
3685attributes.
3686@ifset INTERNALS
3687The detailed definitions are in @file{a.out.h}.
3688@end ifset
3689
a4fb0134 3690If you use a symbol without defining it, @command{@value{AS}} assumes zero for
252b5132
RH
3691all these attributes, and probably won't warn you. This makes the
3692symbol an externally defined symbol, which is generally what you
3693would want.
3694
3695@menu
3696* Symbol Value:: Value
3697* Symbol Type:: Type
3698@ifset aout-bout
3699@ifset GENERIC
3700* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3701@end ifset
3702@ifclear GENERIC
3703@ifclear BOUT
3704* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3705@end ifclear
3706@ifset BOUT
3707* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
3708@end ifset
3709@end ifclear
3710@end ifset
3711@ifset COFF
3712* COFF Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for COFF
3713@end ifset
3714@ifset SOM
3715* SOM Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for SOM
3716@end ifset
3717@end menu
3718
3719@node Symbol Value
3720@subsection Value
3721
3722@cindex value of a symbol
3723@cindex symbol value
3724The value of a symbol is (usually) 32 bits. For a symbol which labels a
3725location in the text, data, bss or absolute sections the value is the
3726number of addresses from the start of that section to the label.
3727Naturally for text, data and bss sections the value of a symbol changes
3728as @code{@value{LD}} changes section base addresses during linking. Absolute
3729symbols' values do not change during linking: that is why they are
3730called absolute.
3731
3732The value of an undefined symbol is treated in a special way. If it is
37330 then the symbol is not defined in this assembler source file, and
3734@code{@value{LD}} tries to determine its value from other files linked into the
3735same program. You make this kind of symbol simply by mentioning a symbol
3736name without defining it. A non-zero value represents a @code{.comm}
3737common declaration. The value is how much common storage to reserve, in
3738bytes (addresses). The symbol refers to the first address of the
3739allocated storage.
3740
3741@node Symbol Type
3742@subsection Type
3743
3744@cindex type of a symbol
3745@cindex symbol type
3746The type attribute of a symbol contains relocation (section)
3747information, any flag settings indicating that a symbol is external, and
3748(optionally), other information for linkers and debuggers. The exact
3749format depends on the object-code output format in use.
3750
3751@ifset aout-bout
3752@ifclear GENERIC
3753@ifset BOUT
3754@c The following avoids a "widow" subsection title. @group would be
3755@c better if it were available outside examples.
3756@need 1000
3757@node a.out Symbols
3758@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
3759
3760@cindex @code{b.out} symbol attributes
3761@cindex symbol attributes, @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 3762These symbol attributes appear only when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for
252b5132
RH
3763one of the Berkeley-descended object output formats---@code{a.out} or
3764@code{b.out}.
3765
3766@end ifset
3767@ifclear BOUT
3768@node a.out Symbols
3769@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3770
3771@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
3772@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
3773
3774@end ifclear
3775@end ifclear
3776@ifset GENERIC
3777@node a.out Symbols
3778@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3779
3780@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
3781@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
3782
3783@end ifset
3784@menu
3785* Symbol Desc:: Descriptor
3786* Symbol Other:: Other
3787@end menu
3788
3789@node Symbol Desc
3790@subsubsection Descriptor
3791
3792@cindex descriptor, of @code{a.out} symbol
3793This is an arbitrary 16-bit value. You may establish a symbol's
3794descriptor value by using a @code{.desc} statement
3795(@pxref{Desc,,@code{.desc}}). A descriptor value means nothing to
a4fb0134 3796@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3797
3798@node Symbol Other
3799@subsubsection Other
3800
3801@cindex other attribute, of @code{a.out} symbol
a4fb0134 3802This is an arbitrary 8-bit value. It means nothing to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3803@end ifset
3804
3805@ifset COFF
3806@node COFF Symbols
3807@subsection Symbol Attributes for COFF
3808
3809@cindex COFF symbol attributes
3810@cindex symbol attributes, COFF
3811
3812The COFF format supports a multitude of auxiliary symbol attributes;
3813like the primary symbol attributes, they are set between @code{.def} and
3814@code{.endef} directives.
3815
3816@subsubsection Primary Attributes
3817
3818@cindex primary attributes, COFF symbols
3819The symbol name is set with @code{.def}; the value and type,
3820respectively, with @code{.val} and @code{.type}.
3821
3822@subsubsection Auxiliary Attributes
3823
3824@cindex auxiliary attributes, COFF symbols
a4fb0134 3825The @command{@value{AS}} directives @code{.dim}, @code{.line}, @code{.scl},
c87db184
CF
3826@code{.size}, @code{.tag}, and @code{.weak} can generate auxiliary symbol
3827table information for COFF.
252b5132
RH
3828@end ifset
3829
3830@ifset SOM
3831@node SOM Symbols
3832@subsection Symbol Attributes for SOM
3833
3834@cindex SOM symbol attributes
3835@cindex symbol attributes, SOM
3836
3837The SOM format for the HPPA supports a multitude of symbol attributes set with
3838the @code{.EXPORT} and @code{.IMPORT} directives.
3839
01642c12 3840The attributes are described in @cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly
252b5132
RH
3841Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) under the @code{IMPORT} and
3842@code{EXPORT} assembler directive documentation.
3843@end ifset
3844
3845@node Expressions
3846@chapter Expressions
3847
3848@cindex expressions
3849@cindex addresses
3850@cindex numeric values
3851An @dfn{expression} specifies an address or numeric value.
3852Whitespace may precede and/or follow an expression.
3853
3854The result of an expression must be an absolute number, or else an offset into
3855a particular section. If an expression is not absolute, and there is not
a4fb0134 3856enough information when @command{@value{AS}} sees the expression to know its
252b5132
RH
3857section, a second pass over the source program might be necessary to interpret
3858the expression---but the second pass is currently not implemented.
a4fb0134 3859@command{@value{AS}} aborts with an error message in this situation.
252b5132
RH
3860
3861@menu
3862* Empty Exprs:: Empty Expressions
3863* Integer Exprs:: Integer Expressions
3864@end menu
3865
3866@node Empty Exprs
3867@section Empty Expressions
3868
3869@cindex empty expressions
3870@cindex expressions, empty
3871An empty expression has no value: it is just whitespace or null.
3872Wherever an absolute expression is required, you may omit the
a4fb0134 3873expression, and @command{@value{AS}} assumes a value of (absolute) 0. This
252b5132
RH
3874is compatible with other assemblers.
3875
3876@node Integer Exprs
3877@section Integer Expressions
3878
3879@cindex integer expressions
3880@cindex expressions, integer
3881An @dfn{integer expression} is one or more @emph{arguments} delimited
3882by @emph{operators}.
3883
3884@menu
3885* Arguments:: Arguments
3886* Operators:: Operators
3887* Prefix Ops:: Prefix Operators
3888* Infix Ops:: Infix Operators
3889@end menu
3890
3891@node Arguments
3892@subsection Arguments
3893
3894@cindex expression arguments
3895@cindex arguments in expressions
3896@cindex operands in expressions
3897@cindex arithmetic operands
3898@dfn{Arguments} are symbols, numbers or subexpressions. In other
3899contexts arguments are sometimes called ``arithmetic operands''. In
3900this manual, to avoid confusing them with the ``instruction operands'' of
3901the machine language, we use the term ``argument'' to refer to parts of
3902expressions only, reserving the word ``operand'' to refer only to machine
3903instruction operands.
3904
3905Symbols are evaluated to yield @{@var{section} @var{NNN}@} where
3906@var{section} is one of text, data, bss, absolute,
3907or undefined. @var{NNN} is a signed, 2's complement 32 bit
3908integer.
3909
3910Numbers are usually integers.
3911
3912A number can be a flonum or bignum. In this case, you are warned
a4fb0134 3913that only the low order 32 bits are used, and @command{@value{AS}} pretends
252b5132
RH
3914these 32 bits are an integer. You may write integer-manipulating
3915instructions that act on exotic constants, compatible with other
3916assemblers.
3917
3918@cindex subexpressions
3919Subexpressions are a left parenthesis @samp{(} followed by an integer
3920expression, followed by a right parenthesis @samp{)}; or a prefix
3921operator followed by an argument.
3922
3923@node Operators
3924@subsection Operators
3925
3926@cindex operators, in expressions
3927@cindex arithmetic functions
3928@cindex functions, in expressions
3929@dfn{Operators} are arithmetic functions, like @code{+} or @code{%}. Prefix
3930operators are followed by an argument. Infix operators appear
3931between their arguments. Operators may be preceded and/or followed by
3932whitespace.
3933
3934@node Prefix Ops
3935@subsection Prefix Operator
3936
3937@cindex prefix operators
a4fb0134 3938@command{@value{AS}} has the following @dfn{prefix operators}. They each take
252b5132
RH
3939one argument, which must be absolute.
3940
3941@c the tex/end tex stuff surrounding this small table is meant to make
3942@c it align, on the printed page, with the similar table in the next
3943@c section (which is inside an enumerate).
3944@tex
3945\global\advance\leftskip by \itemindent
3946@end tex
3947
3948@table @code
3949@item -
3950@dfn{Negation}. Two's complement negation.
3951@item ~
3952@dfn{Complementation}. Bitwise not.
3953@end table
3954
3955@tex
3956\global\advance\leftskip by -\itemindent
3957@end tex
3958
3959@node Infix Ops
3960@subsection Infix Operators
3961
3962@cindex infix operators
3963@cindex operators, permitted arguments
3964@dfn{Infix operators} take two arguments, one on either side. Operators
3965have precedence, but operations with equal precedence are performed left
a4fb0134 3966to right. Apart from @code{+} or @option{-}, both arguments must be
252b5132
RH
3967absolute, and the result is absolute.
3968
3969@enumerate
3970@cindex operator precedence
3971@cindex precedence of operators
3972
3973@item
3974Highest Precedence
3975
3976@table @code
3977@item *
3978@dfn{Multiplication}.
3979
3980@item /
3981@dfn{Division}. Truncation is the same as the C operator @samp{/}
3982
3983@item %
3984@dfn{Remainder}.
3985
d1eac9d9 3986@item <<
252b5132
RH
3987@dfn{Shift Left}. Same as the C operator @samp{<<}.
3988
d1eac9d9 3989@item >>
252b5132
RH
3990@dfn{Shift Right}. Same as the C operator @samp{>>}.
3991@end table
3992
3993@item
3994Intermediate precedence
3995
3996@table @code
3997@item |
3998
3999@dfn{Bitwise Inclusive Or}.
4000
4001@item &
4002@dfn{Bitwise And}.
4003
4004@item ^
4005@dfn{Bitwise Exclusive Or}.
4006
4007@item !
4008@dfn{Bitwise Or Not}.
4009@end table
4010
4011@item
b131d4dc 4012Low Precedence
252b5132
RH
4013
4014@table @code
4015@cindex addition, permitted arguments
4016@cindex plus, permitted arguments
4017@cindex arguments for addition
4018@item +
4019@dfn{Addition}. If either argument is absolute, the result has the section of
4020the other argument. You may not add together arguments from different
4021sections.
4022
4023@cindex subtraction, permitted arguments
4024@cindex minus, permitted arguments
4025@cindex arguments for subtraction
4026@item -
4027@dfn{Subtraction}. If the right argument is absolute, the
4028result has the section of the left argument.
4029If both arguments are in the same section, the result is absolute.
4030You may not subtract arguments from different sections.
4031@c FIXME is there still something useful to say about undefined - undefined ?
b131d4dc
NC
4032
4033@cindex comparison expressions
4034@cindex expressions, comparison
4035@item ==
4036@dfn{Is Equal To}
4037@item <>
723a8472 4038@itemx !=
b131d4dc
NC
4039@dfn{Is Not Equal To}
4040@item <
4041@dfn{Is Less Than}
d1eac9d9 4042@item >
b131d4dc 4043@dfn{Is Greater Than}
d1eac9d9 4044@item >=
b131d4dc 4045@dfn{Is Greater Than Or Equal To}
d1eac9d9 4046@item <=
b131d4dc
NC
4047@dfn{Is Less Than Or Equal To}
4048
4049The comparison operators can be used as infix operators. A true results has a
4050value of -1 whereas a false result has a value of 0. Note, these operators
4051perform signed comparisons.
4052@end table
4053
4054@item Lowest Precedence
4055
4056@table @code
4057@item &&
4058@dfn{Logical And}.
4059
4060@item ||
4061@dfn{Logical Or}.
4062
4063These two logical operations can be used to combine the results of sub
4064expressions. Note, unlike the comparison operators a true result returns a
4065value of 1 but a false results does still return 0. Also note that the logical
4066or operator has a slightly lower precedence than logical and.
4067
252b5132
RH
4068@end table
4069@end enumerate
4070
4071In short, it's only meaningful to add or subtract the @emph{offsets} in an
4072address; you can only have a defined section in one of the two arguments.
4073
4074@node Pseudo Ops
4075@chapter Assembler Directives
4076
4077@cindex directives, machine independent
4078@cindex pseudo-ops, machine independent
4079@cindex machine independent directives
4080All assembler directives have names that begin with a period (@samp{.}).
4081The rest of the name is letters, usually in lower case.
4082
4083This chapter discusses directives that are available regardless of the
4084target machine configuration for the @sc{gnu} assembler.
4085@ifset GENERIC
4086Some machine configurations provide additional directives.
4087@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
4088@end ifset
4089@ifclear GENERIC
4090@ifset machine-directives
96e9638b 4091@xref{Machine Dependencies}, for additional directives.
252b5132
RH
4092@end ifset
4093@end ifclear
4094
4095@menu
4096* Abort:: @code{.abort}
4097@ifset COFF
38a57ae7 4098* ABORT (COFF):: @code{.ABORT}
252b5132 4099@end ifset
f0dc282c 4100
252b5132 4101* Align:: @code{.align @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
caa32fe5 4102* Altmacro:: @code{.altmacro}
252b5132
RH
4103* Ascii:: @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4104* Asciz:: @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4105* Balign:: @code{.balign @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
fa94de6b 4106* Bundle directives:: @code{.bundle_align_mode @var{abs-expr}}, @code{.bundle_lock}, @code{.bundle_unlock}
252b5132 4107* Byte:: @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4b7d318b 4108* CFI directives:: @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}, @code{.cfi_endproc}, etc.
ccf8a69b 4109* Comm:: @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
252b5132
RH
4110* Data:: @code{.data @var{subsection}}
4111@ifset COFF
4112* Def:: @code{.def @var{name}}
4113@end ifset
4114@ifset aout-bout
4115* Desc:: @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
4116@end ifset
4117@ifset COFF
4118* Dim:: @code{.dim}
4119@end ifset
f0dc282c 4120
252b5132
RH
4121* Double:: @code{.double @var{flonums}}
4122* Eject:: @code{.eject}
4123* Else:: @code{.else}
3fd9f047 4124* Elseif:: @code{.elseif}
252b5132
RH
4125* End:: @code{.end}
4126@ifset COFF
4127* Endef:: @code{.endef}
4128@end ifset
f0dc282c 4129
252b5132
RH
4130* Endfunc:: @code{.endfunc}
4131* Endif:: @code{.endif}
4132* Equ:: @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4133* Equiv:: @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
9497f5ac 4134* Eqv:: @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
252b5132 4135* Err:: @code{.err}
d190d046 4136* Error:: @code{.error @var{string}}
252b5132
RH
4137* Exitm:: @code{.exitm}
4138* Extern:: @code{.extern}
4139* Fail:: @code{.fail}
14082c76 4140* File:: @code{.file}
252b5132
RH
4141* Fill:: @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
4142* Float:: @code{.float @var{flonums}}
01642c12 4143* Func:: @code{.func}
252b5132 4144* Global:: @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
c91d2e08 4145@ifset ELF
3a99f02f 4146* Gnu_attribute:: @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
c91d2e08
NC
4147* Hidden:: @code{.hidden @var{names}}
4148@end ifset
f0dc282c 4149
252b5132
RH
4150* hword:: @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
4151* Ident:: @code{.ident}
4152* If:: @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
7e005732 4153* Incbin:: @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
252b5132
RH
4154* Include:: @code{.include "@var{file}"}
4155* Int:: @code{.int @var{expressions}}
c91d2e08
NC
4156@ifset ELF
4157* Internal:: @code{.internal @var{names}}
4158@end ifset
f0dc282c 4159
252b5132
RH
4160* Irp:: @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4161* Irpc:: @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4162* Lcomm:: @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
4163* Lflags:: @code{.lflags}
4164@ifclear no-line-dir
4165* Line:: @code{.line @var{line-number}}
4166@end ifclear
f0dc282c 4167
252b5132
RH
4168* Linkonce:: @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
4169* List:: @code{.list}
bd0eb99b 4170* Ln:: @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
14082c76
BW
4171* Loc:: @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno}}
4172* Loc_mark_labels:: @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
4d4175af
BW
4173@ifset ELF
4174* Local:: @code{.local @var{names}}
4175@end ifset
bd0eb99b 4176
252b5132
RH
4177* Long:: @code{.long @var{expressions}}
4178@ignore
4179* Lsym:: @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4180@end ignore
f0dc282c 4181
252b5132
RH
4182* Macro:: @code{.macro @var{name} @var{args}}@dots{}
4183* MRI:: @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 4184* Noaltmacro:: @code{.noaltmacro}
252b5132
RH
4185* Nolist:: @code{.nolist}
4186* Octa:: @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
9aec2026 4187* Offset:: @code{.offset @var{loc}}
85234291
L
4188* Org:: @code{.org @var{new-lc}, @var{fill}}
4189* P2align:: @code{.p2align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
c91d2e08
NC
4190@ifset ELF
4191* PopSection:: @code{.popsection}
4192* Previous:: @code{.previous}
4193@end ifset
f0dc282c 4194
252b5132 4195* Print:: @code{.print @var{string}}
c91d2e08
NC
4196@ifset ELF
4197* Protected:: @code{.protected @var{names}}
4198@end ifset
f0dc282c 4199
252b5132
RH
4200* Psize:: @code{.psize @var{lines}, @var{columns}}
4201* Purgem:: @code{.purgem @var{name}}
c91d2e08
NC
4202@ifset ELF
4203* PushSection:: @code{.pushsection @var{name}}
4204@end ifset
f0dc282c 4205
252b5132 4206* Quad:: @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
05e9452c 4207* Reloc:: @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
252b5132
RH
4208* Rept:: @code{.rept @var{count}}
4209* Sbttl:: @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
4210@ifset COFF
4211* Scl:: @code{.scl @var{class}}
c1253627
NC
4212@end ifset
4213@ifset COFF-ELF
7337fc21 4214* Section:: @code{.section @var{name}[, @var{flags}]}
252b5132 4215@end ifset
f0dc282c 4216
252b5132
RH
4217* Set:: @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4218* Short:: @code{.short @var{expressions}}
4219* Single:: @code{.single @var{flonums}}
c1253627 4220@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4221* Size:: @code{.size [@var{name} , @var{expression}]}
c1253627 4222@end ifset
884f0d36 4223@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 4224* Skip:: @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
884f0d36
BW
4225@end ifclear
4226
252b5132 4227* Sleb128:: @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
884f0d36 4228@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 4229* Space:: @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
884f0d36 4230@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
4231@ifset have-stabs
4232* Stab:: @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
4233@end ifset
f0dc282c 4234
38a57ae7 4235* String:: @code{.string "@var{str}"}, @code{.string8 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string16 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string32 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string64 "@var{str}"}
252b5132
RH
4236* Struct:: @code{.struct @var{expression}}
4237@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4238* SubSection:: @code{.subsection}
252b5132
RH
4239* Symver:: @code{.symver @var{name},@var{name2@@nodename}}
4240@end ifset
f0dc282c 4241
252b5132
RH
4242@ifset COFF
4243* Tag:: @code{.tag @var{structname}}
4244@end ifset
f0dc282c 4245
252b5132
RH
4246* Text:: @code{.text @var{subsection}}
4247* Title:: @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
c1253627 4248@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4249* Type:: @code{.type <@var{int} | @var{name} , @var{type description}>}
c1253627
NC
4250@end ifset
4251
c91d2e08 4252* Uleb128:: @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
252b5132 4253@ifset COFF
252b5132
RH
4254* Val:: @code{.val @var{addr}}
4255@end ifset
f0dc282c 4256
2e13b764 4257@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4258* Version:: @code{.version "@var{string}"}
c91d2e08
NC
4259* VTableEntry:: @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
4260* VTableInherit:: @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 4261@end ifset
f0dc282c 4262
d190d046 4263* Warning:: @code{.warning @var{string}}
c87db184 4264* Weak:: @code{.weak @var{names}}
06e77878 4265* Weakref:: @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{symbol}}
252b5132
RH
4266* Word:: @code{.word @var{expressions}}
4267* Deprecated:: Deprecated Directives
4268@end menu
4269
4270@node Abort
4271@section @code{.abort}
4272
4273@cindex @code{abort} directive
4274@cindex stopping the assembly
4275This directive stops the assembly immediately. It is for
4276compatibility with other assemblers. The original idea was that the
4277assembly language source would be piped into the assembler. If the sender
a4fb0134 4278of the source quit, it could use this directive tells @command{@value{AS}} to
252b5132
RH
4279quit also. One day @code{.abort} will not be supported.
4280
4281@ifset COFF
370b66a1
CD
4282@node ABORT (COFF)
4283@section @code{.ABORT} (COFF)
252b5132
RH
4284
4285@cindex @code{ABORT} directive
a4fb0134 4286When producing COFF output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive as a
252b5132
RH
4287synonym for @samp{.abort}.
4288
4289@ifset BOUT
a4fb0134 4290When producing @code{b.out} output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive,
252b5132
RH
4291but ignores it.
4292@end ifset
4293@end ifset
4294
4295@node Align
4296@section @code{.align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4297
4298@cindex padding the location counter
4299@cindex @code{align} directive
4300Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular storage
4301boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the alignment
4302required, as described below.
4303
4304The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4305padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
4306padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
4307marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4308with no-op instructions.
4309
4310The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4311it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4312directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4313specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4314fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4315required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4316with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4317
4318The way the required alignment is specified varies from system to system.
7be1c489 4319For the arc, hppa, i386 using ELF, i860, iq2000, m68k, or32,
60946ad0 4320s390, sparc, tic4x, tic80 and xtensa, the first expression is the
252b5132
RH
4321alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.align 8} advances
4322the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
60946ad0
AM
4323is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed. For the tic54x, the
4324first expression is the alignment request in words.
252b5132 4325
9e9a9798 4326For other systems, including ppc, i386 using a.out format, arm and
adcf07e6 4327strongarm, it is the
252b5132
RH
4328number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
4329advancement. For example @samp{.align 3} advances the location
4330counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
4331multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4332
4333This inconsistency is due to the different behaviors of the various
4334native assemblers for these systems which GAS must emulate.
4335GAS also provides @code{.balign} and @code{.p2align} directives,
4336described later, which have a consistent behavior across all
4337architectures (but are specific to GAS).
4338
ccf8a69b
BW
4339@node Altmacro
4340@section @code{.altmacro}
4341Enable alternate macro mode, enabling:
4342
4343@ftable @code
4344@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
4345One additional directive, @code{LOCAL}, is available. It is used to
4346generate a string replacement for each of the @var{name} arguments, and
4347replace any instances of @var{name} in each macro expansion. The
4348replacement string is unique in the assembly, and different for each
4349separate macro expansion. @code{LOCAL} allows you to write macros that
4350define symbols, without fear of conflict between separate macro expansions.
4351
4352@item String delimiters
4353You can write strings delimited in these other ways besides
4354@code{"@var{string}"}:
4355
4356@table @code
4357@item '@var{string}'
4358You can delimit strings with single-quote characters.
4359
4360@item <@var{string}>
4361You can delimit strings with matching angle brackets.
4362@end table
4363
4364@item single-character string escape
4365To include any single character literally in a string (even if the
4366character would otherwise have some special meaning), you can prefix the
4367character with @samp{!} (an exclamation mark). For example, you can
4368write @samp{<4.3 !> 5.4!!>} to get the literal text @samp{4.3 > 5.4!}.
4369
4370@item Expression results as strings
4371You can write @samp{%@var{expr}} to evaluate the expression @var{expr}
01642c12 4372and use the result as a string.
ccf8a69b
BW
4373@end ftable
4374
252b5132
RH
4375@node Ascii
4376@section @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4377
4378@cindex @code{ascii} directive
4379@cindex string literals
4380@code{.ascii} expects zero or more string literals (@pxref{Strings})
4381separated by commas. It assembles each string (with no automatic
4382trailing zero byte) into consecutive addresses.
4383
4384@node Asciz
4385@section @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4386
4387@cindex @code{asciz} directive
4388@cindex zero-terminated strings
4389@cindex null-terminated strings
4390@code{.asciz} is just like @code{.ascii}, but each string is followed by
4391a zero byte. The ``z'' in @samp{.asciz} stands for ``zero''.
4392
4393@node Balign
4394@section @code{.balign[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4395
4396@cindex padding the location counter given number of bytes
4397@cindex @code{balign} directive
4398Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
4399storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
4400alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.balign 8} advances
4401the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
4402is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4403
4404The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4405padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
4406padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
4407marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4408with no-op instructions.
4409
4410The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4411it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4412directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4413specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4414fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4415required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4416with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4417
4418@cindex @code{balignw} directive
4419@cindex @code{balignl} directive
4420The @code{.balignw} and @code{.balignl} directives are variants of the
4421@code{.balign} directive. The @code{.balignw} directive treats the fill
4422pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.balignl} directives treats the
4423fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.balignw
44244,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
4425filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
4426the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
4427undefined.
4428
fa94de6b
RM
4429@node Bundle directives
4430@section @code{.bundle_align_mode @var{abs-expr}}
4431@cindex @code{bundle_align_mode} directive
4432@cindex bundle
4433@cindex instruction bundle
4434@cindex aligned instruction bundle
ec82c18e 4435@code{.bundle_align_mode} enables or disables @dfn{aligned instruction
fa94de6b 4436bundle} mode. In this mode, sequences of adjacent instructions are grouped
ec82c18e 4437into fixed-sized @dfn{bundles}. If the argument is zero, this mode is
27dcf5c0 4438disabled (which is the default state). If the argument it not zero, it
fa94de6b
RM
4439gives the size of an instruction bundle as a power of two (as for the
4440@code{.p2align} directive, @pxref{P2align}).
4441
4442For some targets, it's an ABI requirement that no instruction may span a
ec82c18e 4443certain aligned boundary. A @dfn{bundle} is simply a sequence of
fa94de6b
RM
4444instructions that starts on an aligned boundary. For example, if
4445@var{abs-expr} is @code{5} then the bundle size is 32, so each aligned
4446chunk of 32 bytes is a bundle. When aligned instruction bundle mode is in
4447effect, no single instruction may span a boundary between bundles. If an
4448instruction would start too close to the end of a bundle for the length of
4449that particular instruction to fit within the bundle, then the space at the
4450end of that bundle is filled with no-op instructions so the instruction
4451starts in the next bundle. As a corollary, it's an error if any single
4452instruction's encoding is longer than the bundle size.
4453
4454@section @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock}
4455@cindex @code{bundle_lock} directive
4456@cindex @code{bundle_unlock} directive
4457The @code{.bundle_lock} and directive @code{.bundle_unlock} directives
4458allow explicit control over instruction bundle padding. These directives
4459are only valid when @code{.bundle_align_mode} has been used to enable
4460aligned instruction bundle mode. It's an error if they appear when
4461@code{.bundle_align_mode} has not been used at all, or when the last
4462directive was @w{@code{.bundle_align_mode 0}}.
4463
4464@cindex bundle-locked
4465For some targets, it's an ABI requirement that certain instructions may
4466appear only as part of specified permissible sequences of multiple
4467instructions, all within the same bundle. A pair of @code{.bundle_lock}
ec82c18e 4468and @code{.bundle_unlock} directives define a @dfn{bundle-locked}
fa94de6b
RM
4469instruction sequence. For purposes of aligned instruction bundle mode, a
4470sequence starting with @code{.bundle_lock} and ending with
4471@code{.bundle_unlock} is treated as a single instruction. That is, the
4472entire sequence must fit into a single bundle and may not span a bundle
4473boundary. If necessary, no-op instructions will be inserted before the
4474first instruction of the sequence so that the whole sequence starts on an
4475aligned bundle boundary. It's an error if the sequence is longer than the
4476bundle size.
4477
d416e51d
RM
4478For convenience when using @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock}
4479inside assembler macros (@pxref{Macro}), bundle-locked sequences may be
4480nested. That is, a second @code{.bundle_lock} directive before the next
4481@code{.bundle_unlock} directive has no effect except that it must be
4482matched by another closing @code{.bundle_unlock} so that there is the
4483same number of @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock} directives.
fa94de6b 4484
252b5132
RH
4485@node Byte
4486@section @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4487
4488@cindex @code{byte} directive
4489@cindex integers, one byte
4490@code{.byte} expects zero or more expressions, separated by commas.
4491Each expression is assembled into the next byte.
4492
54cfded0 4493@node CFI directives
38462edf
JJ
4494@section @code{.cfi_sections @var{section_list}}
4495@cindex @code{cfi_sections} directive
4496@code{.cfi_sections} may be used to specify whether CFI directives
4497should emit @code{.eh_frame} section and/or @code{.debug_frame} section.
4498If @var{section_list} is @code{.eh_frame}, @code{.eh_frame} is emitted,
4499if @var{section_list} is @code{.debug_frame}, @code{.debug_frame} is emitted.
4500To emit both use @code{.eh_frame, .debug_frame}. The default if this
4501directive is not used is @code{.cfi_sections .eh_frame}.
4502
4b7d318b 4503@section @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}
54cfded0
AM
4504@cindex @code{cfi_startproc} directive
4505@code{.cfi_startproc} is used at the beginning of each function that
4506should have an entry in @code{.eh_frame}. It initializes some internal
4b7d318b 4507data structures. Don't forget to close the function by
54cfded0
AM
4508@code{.cfi_endproc}.
4509
01642c12 4510Unless @code{.cfi_startproc} is used along with parameter @code{simple}
4b7d318b 4511it also emits some architecture dependent initial CFI instructions.
01642c12 4512
54cfded0
AM
4513@section @code{.cfi_endproc}
4514@cindex @code{cfi_endproc} directive
4515@code{.cfi_endproc} is used at the end of a function where it closes its
4516unwind entry previously opened by
b45619c0 4517@code{.cfi_startproc}, and emits it to @code{.eh_frame}.
54cfded0 4518
9b8ae42e
JJ
4519@section @code{.cfi_personality @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
4520@code{.cfi_personality} defines personality routine and its encoding.
4521@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the personality
4522should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), second
4523argument is not present, otherwise second argument should be
4524a constant or a symbol name. When using indirect encodings,
4525the symbol provided should be the location where personality
4526can be loaded from, not the personality routine itself.
4527The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_personality 0xff},
4528no personality routine.
4529
4530@section @code{.cfi_lsda @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
4531@code{.cfi_lsda} defines LSDA and its encoding.
4532@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the LSDA
4533should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), second
4534argument is not present, otherwise second argument should be a constant
4535or a symbol name. The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_lsda 0xff},
4536no LSDA.
4537
54cfded0 4538@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa @var{register}, @var{offset}}
01642c12 4539@code{.cfi_def_cfa} defines a rule for computing CFA as: @i{take
54cfded0
AM
4540address from @var{register} and add @var{offset} to it}.
4541
4542@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa_register @var{register}}
4543@code{.cfi_def_cfa_register} modifies a rule for computing CFA. From
4544now on @var{register} will be used instead of the old one. Offset
4545remains the same.
4546
4547@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
4548@code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} modifies a rule for computing CFA. Register
4549remains the same, but @var{offset} is new. Note that it is the
4550absolute offset that will be added to a defined register to compute
4551CFA address.
4552
4553@section @code{.cfi_adjust_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
4554Same as @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} but @var{offset} is a relative
4555value that is added/substracted from the previous offset.
4556
4557@section @code{.cfi_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
4558Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
01642c12 4559CFA.
54cfded0 4560
17076204
RH
4561@section @code{.cfi_rel_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
4562Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
4563the current CFA register. This is transformed to @code{.cfi_offset}
4564using the known displacement of the CFA register from the CFA.
4565This is often easier to use, because the number will match the
4566code it's annotating.
54cfded0 4567
4b7d318b
L
4568@section @code{.cfi_register @var{register1}, @var{register2}}
4569Previous value of @var{register1} is saved in register @var{register2}.
4570
4571@section @code{.cfi_restore @var{register}}
01642c12
RM
4572@code{.cfi_restore} says that the rule for @var{register} is now the
4573same as it was at the beginning of the function, after all initial
4b7d318b
L
4574instruction added by @code{.cfi_startproc} were executed.
4575
4576@section @code{.cfi_undefined @var{register}}
4577From now on the previous value of @var{register} can't be restored anymore.
4578
4579@section @code{.cfi_same_value @var{register}}
01642c12 4580Current value of @var{register} is the same like in the previous frame,
4b7d318b
L
4581i.e. no restoration needed.
4582
01642c12
RM
4583@section @code{.cfi_remember_state},
4584First save all current rules for all registers by @code{.cfi_remember_state},
4585then totally screw them up by subsequent @code{.cfi_*} directives and when
4586everything is hopelessly bad, use @code{.cfi_restore_state} to restore
4b7d318b
L
4587the previous saved state.
4588
4589@section @code{.cfi_return_column @var{register}}
01642c12 4590Change return column @var{register}, i.e. the return address is either
4b7d318b
L
4591directly in @var{register} or can be accessed by rules for @var{register}.
4592
63752a75
JJ
4593@section @code{.cfi_signal_frame}
4594Mark current function as signal trampoline.
4595
6749011b 4596@section @code{.cfi_window_save}
364b6d8b
JJ
4597SPARC register window has been saved.
4598
cdfbf930
RH
4599@section @code{.cfi_escape} @var{expression}[, @dots{}]
4600Allows the user to add arbitrary bytes to the unwind info. One
4601might use this to add OS-specific CFI opcodes, or generic CFI
4602opcodes that GAS does not yet support.
252b5132 4603
f1c4cc75
RH
4604@section @code{.cfi_val_encoded_addr @var{register}, @var{encoding}, @var{label}}
4605The current value of @var{register} is @var{label}. The value of @var{label}
4606will be encoded in the output file according to @var{encoding}; see the
4607description of @code{.cfi_personality} for details on this encoding.
4608
4609The usefulness of equating a register to a fixed label is probably
4610limited to the return address register. Here, it can be useful to
4611mark a code segment that has only one return address which is reached
4612by a direct branch and no copy of the return address exists in memory
4613or another register.
4614
ccf8a69b
BW
4615@node Comm
4616@section @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
bd0eb99b 4617
ccf8a69b
BW
4618@cindex @code{comm} directive
4619@cindex symbol, common
4620@code{.comm} declares a common symbol named @var{symbol}. When linking, a
4621common symbol in one object file may be merged with a defined or common symbol
4622of the same name in another object file. If @code{@value{LD}} does not see a
4623definition for the symbol--just one or more common symbols--then it will
4624allocate @var{length} bytes of uninitialized memory. @var{length} must be an
4625absolute expression. If @code{@value{LD}} sees multiple common symbols with
4626the same name, and they do not all have the same size, it will allocate space
4627using the largest size.
07a53e5c 4628
c1711530
DK
4629@ifset COFF-ELF
4630When using ELF or (as a GNU extension) PE, the @code{.comm} directive takes
01642c12 4631an optional third argument. This is the desired alignment of the symbol,
c1711530
DK
4632specified for ELF as a byte boundary (for example, an alignment of 16 means
4633that the least significant 4 bits of the address should be zero), and for PE
4634as a power of two (for example, an alignment of 5 means aligned to a 32-byte
01642c12 4635boundary). The alignment must be an absolute expression, and it must be a
c1711530 4636power of two. If @code{@value{LD}} allocates uninitialized memory for the
01642c12 4637common symbol, it will use the alignment when placing the symbol. If no
c1711530 4638alignment is specified, @command{@value{AS}} will set the alignment to the
ccf8a69b 4639largest power of two less than or equal to the size of the symbol, up to a
c1711530
DK
4640maximum of 16 on ELF, or the default section alignment of 4 on PE@footnote{This
4641is not the same as the executable image file alignment controlled by @code{@value{LD}}'s
4642@samp{--section-alignment} option; image file sections in PE are aligned to
4643multiples of 4096, which is far too large an alignment for ordinary variables.
4644It is rather the default alignment for (non-debug) sections within object
4645(@samp{*.o}) files, which are less strictly aligned.}.
ccf8a69b 4646@end ifset
cd1fcb49 4647
ccf8a69b
BW
4648@ifset HPPA
4649The syntax for @code{.comm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
4650@samp{@var{symbol} .comm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
4651@end ifset
07a53e5c 4652
252b5132
RH
4653@node Data
4654@section @code{.data @var{subsection}}
4655
4656@cindex @code{data} directive
a4fb0134 4657@code{.data} tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the
252b5132
RH
4658end of the data subsection numbered @var{subsection} (which is an
4659absolute expression). If @var{subsection} is omitted, it defaults
4660to zero.
4661
4662@ifset COFF
4663@node Def
4664@section @code{.def @var{name}}
4665
4666@cindex @code{def} directive
4667@cindex COFF symbols, debugging
4668@cindex debugging COFF symbols
4669Begin defining debugging information for a symbol @var{name}; the
4670definition extends until the @code{.endef} directive is encountered.
4671@ifset BOUT
4672
a4fb0134 4673This directive is only observed when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF
252b5132
RH
4674format output; when producing @code{b.out}, @samp{.def} is recognized,
4675but ignored.
4676@end ifset
4677@end ifset
4678
4679@ifset aout-bout
4680@node Desc
4681@section @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
4682
4683@cindex @code{desc} directive
4684@cindex COFF symbol descriptor
4685@cindex symbol descriptor, COFF
4686This directive sets the descriptor of the symbol (@pxref{Symbol Attributes})
4687to the low 16 bits of an absolute expression.
4688
4689@ifset COFF
a4fb0134 4690The @samp{.desc} directive is not available when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132 4691configured for COFF output; it is only for @code{a.out} or @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 4692object format. For the sake of compatibility, @command{@value{AS}} accepts
252b5132
RH
4693it, but produces no output, when configured for COFF.
4694@end ifset
4695@end ifset
4696
4697@ifset COFF
4698@node Dim
4699@section @code{.dim}
4700
4701@cindex @code{dim} directive
4702@cindex COFF auxiliary symbol information
4703@cindex auxiliary symbol information, COFF
4704This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
4705information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
4706@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs.
4707@ifset BOUT
4708
4709@samp{.dim} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 4710@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
4711ignores it.
4712@end ifset
4713@end ifset
4714
4715@node Double
4716@section @code{.double @var{flonums}}
4717
4718@cindex @code{double} directive
4719@cindex floating point numbers (double)
4720@code{.double} expects zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
4721assembles floating point numbers.
4722@ifset GENERIC
4723The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 4724@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
4725@end ifset
4726@ifclear GENERIC
4727@ifset IEEEFLOAT
4728On the @value{TARGET} family @samp{.double} emits 64-bit floating-point numbers
4729in @sc{ieee} format.
4730@end ifset
4731@end ifclear
4732
4733@node Eject
4734@section @code{.eject}
4735
4736@cindex @code{eject} directive
4737@cindex new page, in listings
4738@cindex page, in listings
4739@cindex listing control: new page
4740Force a page break at this point, when generating assembly listings.
4741
4742@node Else
4743@section @code{.else}
4744
4745@cindex @code{else} directive
a4fb0134 4746@code{.else} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 4747assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It marks the beginning of a section
252b5132
RH
4748of code to be assembled if the condition for the preceding @code{.if}
4749was false.
4750
3fd9f047
TW
4751@node Elseif
4752@section @code{.elseif}
4753
4754@cindex @code{elseif} directive
a4fb0134 4755@code{.elseif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 4756assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It is shorthand for beginning a new
3fd9f047
TW
4757@code{.if} block that would otherwise fill the entire @code{.else} section.
4758
252b5132
RH
4759@node End
4760@section @code{.end}
4761
4762@cindex @code{end} directive
a4fb0134 4763@code{.end} marks the end of the assembly file. @command{@value{AS}} does not
252b5132
RH
4764process anything in the file past the @code{.end} directive.
4765
4766@ifset COFF
4767@node Endef
4768@section @code{.endef}
4769
4770@cindex @code{endef} directive
4771This directive flags the end of a symbol definition begun with
4772@code{.def}.
4773@ifset BOUT
4774
4775@samp{.endef} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; if
a4fb0134 4776@command{@value{AS}} is configured to generate @code{b.out}, it accepts this
252b5132
RH
4777directive but ignores it.
4778@end ifset
4779@end ifset
4780
4781@node Endfunc
4782@section @code{.endfunc}
4783@cindex @code{endfunc} directive
4784@code{.endfunc} marks the end of a function specified with @code{.func}.
4785
4786@node Endif
4787@section @code{.endif}
4788
4789@cindex @code{endif} directive
a4fb0134 4790@code{.endif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional assembly;
252b5132
RH
4791it marks the end of a block of code that is only assembled
4792conditionally. @xref{If,,@code{.if}}.
4793
4794@node Equ
4795@section @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4796
4797@cindex @code{equ} directive
4798@cindex assigning values to symbols
4799@cindex symbols, assigning values to
4800This directive sets the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}.
96e9638b 4801It is synonymous with @samp{.set}; see @ref{Set,,@code{.set}}.
252b5132
RH
4802
4803@ifset HPPA
01642c12 4804The syntax for @code{equ} on the HPPA is
252b5132
RH
4805@samp{@var{symbol} .equ @var{expression}}.
4806@end ifset
4807
3c9b82ba 4808@ifset Z80
01642c12
RM
4809The syntax for @code{equ} on the Z80 is
4810@samp{@var{symbol} equ @var{expression}}.
3c9b82ba 4811On the Z80 it is an eror if @var{symbol} is already defined,
01642c12 4812but the symbol is not protected from later redefinition.
96e9638b 4813Compare @ref{Equiv}.
3c9b82ba
NC
4814@end ifset
4815
252b5132
RH
4816@node Equiv
4817@section @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4818@cindex @code{equiv} directive
4819The @code{.equiv} directive is like @code{.equ} and @code{.set}, except that
8dfa0188
NC
4820the assembler will signal an error if @var{symbol} is already defined. Note a
4821symbol which has been referenced but not actually defined is considered to be
4822undefined.
252b5132 4823
01642c12 4824Except for the contents of the error message, this is roughly equivalent to
252b5132
RH
4825@smallexample
4826.ifdef SYM
4827.err
4828.endif
4829.equ SYM,VAL
4830@end smallexample
9497f5ac
NC
4831plus it protects the symbol from later redefinition.
4832
4833@node Eqv
4834@section @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4835@cindex @code{eqv} directive
4836The @code{.eqv} directive is like @code{.equiv}, but no attempt is made to
4837evaluate the expression or any part of it immediately. Instead each time
4838the resulting symbol is used in an expression, a snapshot of its current
4839value is taken.
252b5132
RH
4840
4841@node Err
4842@section @code{.err}
4843@cindex @code{err} directive
a4fb0134
SC
4844If @command{@value{AS}} assembles a @code{.err} directive, it will print an error
4845message and, unless the @option{-Z} option was used, it will not generate an
f9eb6721 4846object file. This can be used to signal an error in conditionally compiled code.
252b5132 4847
d190d046
HPN
4848@node Error
4849@section @code{.error "@var{string}"}
4850@cindex error directive
4851
4852Similarly to @code{.err}, this directive emits an error, but you can specify a
4853string that will be emitted as the error message. If you don't specify the
4854message, it defaults to @code{".error directive invoked in source file"}.
4855@xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
4856
4857@smallexample
4858 .error "This code has not been assembled and tested."
4859@end smallexample
4860
252b5132
RH
4861@node Exitm
4862@section @code{.exitm}
4863Exit early from the current macro definition. @xref{Macro}.
4864
4865@node Extern
4866@section @code{.extern}
4867
4868@cindex @code{extern} directive
4869@code{.extern} is accepted in the source program---for compatibility
a4fb0134 4870with other assemblers---but it is ignored. @command{@value{AS}} treats
252b5132
RH
4871all undefined symbols as external.
4872
4873@node Fail
4874@section @code{.fail @var{expression}}
4875
4876@cindex @code{fail} directive
4877Generates an error or a warning. If the value of the @var{expression} is 500
a4fb0134
SC
4878or more, @command{@value{AS}} will print a warning message. If the value is less
4879than 500, @command{@value{AS}} will print an error message. The message will
252b5132
RH
4880include the value of @var{expression}. This can occasionally be useful inside
4881complex nested macros or conditional assembly.
4882
252b5132 4883@node File
14082c76 4884@section @code{.file}
252b5132 4885@cindex @code{file} directive
14082c76
BW
4886
4887@ifclear no-file-dir
4888There are two different versions of the @code{.file} directive. Targets
4889that support DWARF2 line number information use the DWARF2 version of
4890@code{.file}. Other targets use the default version.
4891
4892@subheading Default Version
4893
252b5132
RH
4894@cindex logical file name
4895@cindex file name, logical
14082c76
BW
4896This version of the @code{.file} directive tells @command{@value{AS}} that we
4897are about to start a new logical file. The syntax is:
4898
4899@smallexample
4900.file @var{string}
4901@end smallexample
4902
4903@var{string} is the new file name. In general, the filename is
252b5132
RH
4904recognized whether or not it is surrounded by quotes @samp{"}; but if you wish
4905to specify an empty file name, you must give the quotes--@code{""}. This
4906statement may go away in future: it is only recognized to be compatible with
a4fb0134 4907old @command{@value{AS}} programs.
14082c76
BW
4908
4909@subheading DWARF2 Version
252b5132
RH
4910@end ifclear
4911
14082c76
BW
4912When emitting DWARF2 line number information, @code{.file} assigns filenames
4913to the @code{.debug_line} file name table. The syntax is:
4914
4915@smallexample
4916.file @var{fileno} @var{filename}
4917@end smallexample
4918
4919The @var{fileno} operand should be a unique positive integer to use as the
4920index of the entry in the table. The @var{filename} operand is a C string
4921literal.
4922
4923The detail of filename indices is exposed to the user because the filename
4924table is shared with the @code{.debug_info} section of the DWARF2 debugging
4925information, and thus the user must know the exact indices that table
4926entries will have.
4927
252b5132
RH
4928@node Fill
4929@section @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
4930
4931@cindex @code{fill} directive
4932@cindex writing patterns in memory
4933@cindex patterns, writing in memory
bc64be0c 4934@var{repeat}, @var{size} and @var{value} are absolute expressions.
252b5132
RH
4935This emits @var{repeat} copies of @var{size} bytes. @var{Repeat}
4936may be zero or more. @var{Size} may be zero or more, but if it is
4937more than 8, then it is deemed to have the value 8, compatible with
4938other people's assemblers. The contents of each @var{repeat} bytes
4939is taken from an 8-byte number. The highest order 4 bytes are
4940zero. The lowest order 4 bytes are @var{value} rendered in the
a4fb0134 4941byte-order of an integer on the computer @command{@value{AS}} is assembling for.
252b5132
RH
4942Each @var{size} bytes in a repetition is taken from the lowest order
4943@var{size} bytes of this number. Again, this bizarre behavior is
4944compatible with other people's assemblers.
4945
4946@var{size} and @var{value} are optional.
4947If the second comma and @var{value} are absent, @var{value} is
4948assumed zero. If the first comma and following tokens are absent,
4949@var{size} is assumed to be 1.
4950
4951@node Float
4952@section @code{.float @var{flonums}}
4953
4954@cindex floating point numbers (single)
4955@cindex @code{float} directive
4956This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
4957has the same effect as @code{.single}.
4958@ifset GENERIC
4959The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 4960@command{@value{AS}} is configured.
252b5132
RH
4961@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
4962@end ifset
4963@ifclear GENERIC
4964@ifset IEEEFLOAT
4965On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.float} emits 32-bit floating point numbers
4966in @sc{ieee} format.
4967@end ifset
4968@end ifclear
4969
4970@node Func
4971@section @code{.func @var{name}[,@var{label}]}
4972@cindex @code{func} directive
4973@code{.func} emits debugging information to denote function @var{name}, and
4974is ignored unless the file is assembled with debugging enabled.
05da4302 4975Only @samp{--gstabs[+]} is currently supported.
252b5132
RH
4976@var{label} is the entry point of the function and if omitted @var{name}
4977prepended with the @samp{leading char} is used.
4978@samp{leading char} is usually @code{_} or nothing, depending on the target.
4979All functions are currently defined to have @code{void} return type.
4980The function must be terminated with @code{.endfunc}.
4981
4982@node Global
4983@section @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
4984
4985@cindex @code{global} directive
4986@cindex symbol, making visible to linker
4987@code{.global} makes the symbol visible to @code{@value{LD}}. If you define
4988@var{symbol} in your partial program, its value is made available to
4989other partial programs that are linked with it. Otherwise,
4990@var{symbol} takes its attributes from a symbol of the same name
4991from another file linked into the same program.
4992
4993Both spellings (@samp{.globl} and @samp{.global}) are accepted, for
4994compatibility with other assemblers.
4995
4996@ifset HPPA
4997On the HPPA, @code{.global} is not always enough to make it accessible to other
4998partial programs. You may need the HPPA-only @code{.EXPORT} directive as well.
96e9638b 4999@xref{HPPA Directives, ,HPPA Assembler Directives}.
252b5132
RH
5000@end ifset
5001
c91d2e08 5002@ifset ELF
3a99f02f
DJ
5003@node Gnu_attribute
5004@section @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
5005Record a @sc{gnu} object attribute for this file. @xref{Object Attributes}.
5006
c91d2e08
NC
5007@node Hidden
5008@section @code{.hidden @var{names}}
5009
c1253627
NC
5010@cindex @code{hidden} directive
5011@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5012This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 5013@code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal,,@code{.internal}}) and
a349d9dd 5014@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
5015
5016This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5017their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5018@code{hidden} which means that the symbols are not visible to other components.
01642c12 5019Such symbols are always considered to be @code{protected} as well.
c91d2e08
NC
5020@end ifset
5021
252b5132
RH
5022@node hword
5023@section @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
5024
5025@cindex @code{hword} directive
5026@cindex integers, 16-bit
5027@cindex numbers, 16-bit
5028@cindex sixteen bit integers
5029This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
5030a 16 bit number for each.
5031
5032@ifset GENERIC
5033This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}; depending on the target
5034architecture, it may also be a synonym for @samp{.word}.
5035@end ifset
5036@ifclear GENERIC
5037@ifset W32
5038This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}.
5039@end ifset
5040@ifset W16
5041This directive is a synonym for both @samp{.short} and @samp{.word}.
5042@end ifset
5043@end ifclear
5044
5045@node Ident
5046@section @code{.ident}
5047
5048@cindex @code{ident} directive
cb4c78d6
BE
5049
5050This directive is used by some assemblers to place tags in object files. The
5051behavior of this directive varies depending on the target. When using the
5052a.out object file format, @command{@value{AS}} simply accepts the directive for
5053source-file compatibility with existing assemblers, but does not emit anything
5054for it. When using COFF, comments are emitted to the @code{.comment} or
5055@code{.rdata} section, depending on the target. When using ELF, comments are
5056emitted to the @code{.comment} section.
252b5132
RH
5057
5058@node If
5059@section @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
5060
5061@cindex conditional assembly
5062@cindex @code{if} directive
5063@code{.if} marks the beginning of a section of code which is only
5064considered part of the source program being assembled if the argument
5065(which must be an @var{absolute expression}) is non-zero. The end of
5066the conditional section of code must be marked by @code{.endif}
5067(@pxref{Endif,,@code{.endif}}); optionally, you may include code for the
5068alternative condition, flagged by @code{.else} (@pxref{Else,,@code{.else}}).
3fd9f047
TW
5069If you have several conditions to check, @code{.elseif} may be used to avoid
5070nesting blocks if/else within each subsequent @code{.else} block.
252b5132
RH
5071
5072The following variants of @code{.if} are also supported:
5073@table @code
5074@cindex @code{ifdef} directive
5075@item .ifdef @var{symbol}
5076Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
5077has been defined. Note a symbol which has been referenced but not yet defined
5078is considered to be undefined.
252b5132 5079
26aca5f6
JB
5080@cindex @code{ifb} directive
5081@item .ifb @var{text}
5082Assembles the following section of code if the operand is blank (empty).
5083
252b5132
RH
5084@cindex @code{ifc} directive
5085@item .ifc @var{string1},@var{string2}
5086Assembles the following section of code if the two strings are the same. The
5087strings may be optionally quoted with single quotes. If they are not quoted,
5088the first string stops at the first comma, and the second string stops at the
5089end of the line. Strings which contain whitespace should be quoted. The
5090string comparison is case sensitive.
5091
5092@cindex @code{ifeq} directive
5093@item .ifeq @var{absolute expression}
5094Assembles the following section of code if the argument is zero.
5095
5096@cindex @code{ifeqs} directive
5097@item .ifeqs @var{string1},@var{string2}
5098Another form of @code{.ifc}. The strings must be quoted using double quotes.
5099
5100@cindex @code{ifge} directive
5101@item .ifge @var{absolute expression}
5102Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than or
5103equal to zero.
5104
5105@cindex @code{ifgt} directive
5106@item .ifgt @var{absolute expression}
5107Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than zero.
5108
5109@cindex @code{ifle} directive
5110@item .ifle @var{absolute expression}
5111Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than or equal
5112to zero.
5113
5114@cindex @code{iflt} directive
5115@item .iflt @var{absolute expression}
5116Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than zero.
5117
26aca5f6
JB
5118@cindex @code{ifnb} directive
5119@item .ifnb @var{text}
5120Like @code{.ifb}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5121following section of code if the operand is non-blank (non-empty).
5122
252b5132
RH
5123@cindex @code{ifnc} directive
5124@item .ifnc @var{string1},@var{string2}.
5125Like @code{.ifc}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5126following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
5127
5128@cindex @code{ifndef} directive
5129@cindex @code{ifnotdef} directive
5130@item .ifndef @var{symbol}
5131@itemx .ifnotdef @var{symbol}
5132Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
5133has not been defined. Both spelling variants are equivalent. Note a symbol
5134which has been referenced but not yet defined is considered to be undefined.
252b5132
RH
5135
5136@cindex @code{ifne} directive
5137@item .ifne @var{absolute expression}
5138Assembles the following section of code if the argument is not equal to zero
5139(in other words, this is equivalent to @code{.if}).
5140
5141@cindex @code{ifnes} directive
5142@item .ifnes @var{string1},@var{string2}
5143Like @code{.ifeqs}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5144following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
5145@end table
5146
7e005732
NC
5147@node Incbin
5148@section @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
5149
5150@cindex @code{incbin} directive
5151@cindex binary files, including
5152The @code{incbin} directive includes @var{file} verbatim at the current
5153location. You can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line
5154option (@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
5155around @var{file}.
5156
5157The @var{skip} argument skips a number of bytes from the start of the
5158@var{file}. The @var{count} argument indicates the maximum number of bytes to
15dcfbc3
NC
5159read. Note that the data is not aligned in any way, so it is the user's
5160responsibility to make sure that proper alignment is provided both before and
5161after the @code{incbin} directive.
7e005732 5162
252b5132
RH
5163@node Include
5164@section @code{.include "@var{file}"}
5165
5166@cindex @code{include} directive
5167@cindex supporting files, including
5168@cindex files, including
5169This directive provides a way to include supporting files at specified
5170points in your source program. The code from @var{file} is assembled as
5171if it followed the point of the @code{.include}; when the end of the
5172included file is reached, assembly of the original file continues. You
5173can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line option
5174(@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
5175around @var{file}.
5176
5177@node Int
5178@section @code{.int @var{expressions}}
5179
5180@cindex @code{int} directive
5181@cindex integers, 32-bit
5182Expect zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section, separated by commas.
5183For each expression, emit a number that, at run time, is the value of that
5184expression. The byte order and bit size of the number depends on what kind
5185of target the assembly is for.
5186
5187@ifclear GENERIC
5188@ifset H8
7be1c489 5189On most forms of the H8/300, @code{.int} emits 16-bit
c2dcd04e 5190integers. On the H8/300H and the Renesas SH, however, @code{.int} emits
252b5132
RH
519132-bit integers.
5192@end ifset
5193@end ifclear
5194
c91d2e08
NC
5195@ifset ELF
5196@node Internal
5197@section @code{.internal @var{names}}
5198
c1253627
NC
5199@cindex @code{internal} directive
5200@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5201This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 5202@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden,,@code{.hidden}}) and
a349d9dd 5203@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
5204
5205This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5206their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5207@code{internal} which means that the symbols are considered to be @code{hidden}
c1253627 5208(i.e., not visible to other components), and that some extra, processor specific
c91d2e08
NC
5209processing must also be performed upon the symbols as well.
5210@end ifset
5211
252b5132
RH
5212@node Irp
5213@section @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5214
5215@cindex @code{irp} directive
5216Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5217The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irp} directive, and is
5218terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each @var{value}, @var{symbol} is
5219set to @var{value}, and the sequence of statements is assembled. If no
5220@var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is assembled once, with
5221@var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to @var{symbol} within the
5222sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5223
5224For example, assembling
5225
5226@example
5227 .irp param,1,2,3
5228 move d\param,sp@@-
5229 .endr
5230@end example
5231
5232is equivalent to assembling
5233
5234@example
5235 move d1,sp@@-
5236 move d2,sp@@-
5237 move d3,sp@@-
5238@end example
5239
96e9638b 5240For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also @ref{Macro}.
5e75c3ab 5241
252b5132
RH
5242@node Irpc
5243@section @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5244
5245@cindex @code{irpc} directive
5246Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5247The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irpc} directive, and is
5248terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each character in @var{value},
5249@var{symbol} is set to the character, and the sequence of statements is
5250assembled. If no @var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is
5251assembled once, with @var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to
5252@var{symbol} within the sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5253
5254For example, assembling
5255
5256@example
5257 .irpc param,123
5258 move d\param,sp@@-
5259 .endr
5260@end example
5261
5262is equivalent to assembling
5263
5264@example
5265 move d1,sp@@-
5266 move d2,sp@@-
5267 move d3,sp@@-
5268@end example
5269
5e75c3ab
JB
5270For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also the discussion
5271at @xref{Macro}.
5272
252b5132
RH
5273@node Lcomm
5274@section @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
5275
5276@cindex @code{lcomm} directive
5277@cindex local common symbols
5278@cindex symbols, local common
5279Reserve @var{length} (an absolute expression) bytes for a local common
5280denoted by @var{symbol}. The section and value of @var{symbol} are
5281those of the new local common. The addresses are allocated in the bss
5282section, so that at run-time the bytes start off zeroed. @var{Symbol}
5283is not declared global (@pxref{Global,,@code{.global}}), so is normally
5284not visible to @code{@value{LD}}.
5285
5286@ifset GENERIC
5287Some targets permit a third argument to be used with @code{.lcomm}. This
5288argument specifies the desired alignment of the symbol in the bss section.
5289@end ifset
5290
5291@ifset HPPA
5292The syntax for @code{.lcomm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
5293@samp{@var{symbol} .lcomm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
5294@end ifset
5295
5296@node Lflags
5297@section @code{.lflags}
5298
5299@cindex @code{lflags} directive (ignored)
a4fb0134 5300@command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive, for compatibility with other
252b5132
RH
5301assemblers, but ignores it.
5302
5303@ifclear no-line-dir
5304@node Line
5305@section @code{.line @var{line-number}}
5306
5307@cindex @code{line} directive
252b5132
RH
5308@cindex logical line number
5309@ifset aout-bout
5310Change the logical line number. @var{line-number} must be an absolute
5311expression. The next line has that logical line number. Therefore any other
5312statements on the current line (after a statement separator character) are
5313reported as on logical line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1. One day
a4fb0134 5314@command{@value{AS}} will no longer support this directive: it is recognized only
252b5132 5315for compatibility with existing assembler programs.
252b5132
RH
5316@end ifset
5317
252b5132 5318Even though this is a directive associated with the @code{a.out} or
a4fb0134 5319@code{b.out} object-code formats, @command{@value{AS}} still recognizes it
252b5132
RH
5320when producing COFF output, and treats @samp{.line} as though it
5321were the COFF @samp{.ln} @emph{if} it is found outside a
5322@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair.
5323
5324Inside a @code{.def}, @samp{.line} is, instead, one of the directives
5325used by compilers to generate auxiliary symbol information for
5326debugging.
5327@end ifclear
5328
5329@node Linkonce
5330@section @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
5331@cindex COMDAT
5332@cindex @code{linkonce} directive
5333@cindex common sections
5334Mark the current section so that the linker only includes a single copy of it.
5335This may be used to include the same section in several different object files,
5336but ensure that the linker will only include it once in the final output file.
5337The @code{.linkonce} pseudo-op must be used for each instance of the section.
5338Duplicate sections are detected based on the section name, so it should be
5339unique.
5340
5341This directive is only supported by a few object file formats; as of this
5342writing, the only object file format which supports it is the Portable
5343Executable format used on Windows NT.
5344
5345The @var{type} argument is optional. If specified, it must be one of the
5346following strings. For example:
5347@smallexample
5348.linkonce same_size
5349@end smallexample
5350Not all types may be supported on all object file formats.
5351
5352@table @code
5353@item discard
5354Silently discard duplicate sections. This is the default.
5355
5356@item one_only
5357Warn if there are duplicate sections, but still keep only one copy.
5358
5359@item same_size
5360Warn if any of the duplicates have different sizes.
5361
5362@item same_contents
5363Warn if any of the duplicates do not have exactly the same contents.
5364@end table
5365
ccf8a69b
BW
5366@node List
5367@section @code{.list}
5368
5369@cindex @code{list} directive
5370@cindex listing control, turning on
5371Control (in conjunction with the @code{.nolist} directive) whether or
5372not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5373internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5374counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5375generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5376
5377By default, listings are disabled. When you enable them (with the
5378@samp{-a} command line option; @pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}),
5379the initial value of the listing counter is one.
5380
252b5132
RH
5381@node Ln
5382@section @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
5383
5384@cindex @code{ln} directive
5385@ifclear no-line-dir
5386@samp{.ln} is a synonym for @samp{.line}.
5387@end ifclear
5388@ifset no-line-dir
a4fb0134 5389Tell @command{@value{AS}} to change the logical line number. @var{line-number}
252b5132
RH
5390must be an absolute expression. The next line has that logical
5391line number, so any other statements on the current line (after a
5392statement separator character @code{;}) are reported as on logical
5393line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1.
5394@ifset BOUT
5395
a4fb0134 5396This directive is accepted, but ignored, when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132
RH
5397configured for @code{b.out}; its effect is only associated with COFF
5398output format.
5399@end ifset
5400@end ifset
5401
ccf8a69b
BW
5402@node Loc
5403@section @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno} [@var{column}] [@var{options}]}
5404@cindex @code{loc} directive
5405When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5406the @code{.loc} directive will add a row to the @code{.debug_line} line
5407number matrix corresponding to the immediately following assembly
5408instruction. The @var{fileno}, @var{lineno}, and optional @var{column}
5409arguments will be applied to the @code{.debug_line} state machine before
5410the row is added.
252b5132 5411
ccf8a69b
BW
5412The @var{options} are a sequence of the following tokens in any order:
5413
5414@table @code
5415@item basic_block
5416This option will set the @code{basic_block} register in the
5417@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5418
5419@item prologue_end
5420This option will set the @code{prologue_end} register in the
5421@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5422
5423@item epilogue_begin
5424This option will set the @code{epilogue_begin} register in the
5425@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5426
5427@item is_stmt @var{value}
5428This option will set the @code{is_stmt} register in the
01642c12 5429@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{value}, which must be
ccf8a69b
BW
5430either 0 or 1.
5431
5432@item isa @var{value}
5433This directive will set the @code{isa} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5434state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5435
92846e72
CC
5436@item discriminator @var{value}
5437This directive will set the @code{discriminator} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5438state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5439
ccf8a69b
BW
5440@end table
5441
5442@node Loc_mark_labels
5443@section @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
5444@cindex @code{loc_mark_labels} directive
5445When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5446the @code{.loc_mark_labels} directive makes the assembler emit an entry
5447to the @code{.debug_line} line number matrix with the @code{basic_block}
5448register in the state machine set whenever a code label is seen.
5449The @var{enable} argument should be either 1 or 0, to enable or disable
5450this function respectively.
252b5132 5451
4d4175af
BW
5452@ifset ELF
5453@node Local
5454@section @code{.local @var{names}}
5455
5456@cindex @code{local} directive
5457This directive, which is available for ELF targets, marks each symbol in
5458the comma-separated list of @code{names} as a local symbol so that it
5459will not be externally visible. If the symbols do not already exist,
5460they will be created.
5461
5462For targets where the @code{.lcomm} directive (@pxref{Lcomm}) does not
5463accept an alignment argument, which is the case for most ELF targets,
5464the @code{.local} directive can be used in combination with @code{.comm}
5465(@pxref{Comm}) to define aligned local common data.
5466@end ifset
5467
252b5132
RH
5468@node Long
5469@section @code{.long @var{expressions}}
5470
5471@cindex @code{long} directive
96e9638b 5472@code{.long} is the same as @samp{.int}. @xref{Int,,@code{.int}}.
252b5132
RH
5473
5474@ignore
5475@c no one seems to know what this is for or whether this description is
5476@c what it really ought to do
5477@node Lsym
5478@section @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5479
5480@cindex @code{lsym} directive
5481@cindex symbol, not referenced in assembly
5482@code{.lsym} creates a new symbol named @var{symbol}, but does not put it in
5483the hash table, ensuring it cannot be referenced by name during the
5484rest of the assembly. This sets the attributes of the symbol to be
5485the same as the expression value:
5486@smallexample
5487@var{other} = @var{descriptor} = 0
5488@var{type} = @r{(section of @var{expression})}
5489@var{value} = @var{expression}
5490@end smallexample
5491@noindent
5492The new symbol is not flagged as external.
5493@end ignore
5494
5495@node Macro
5496@section @code{.macro}
5497
5498@cindex macros
5499The commands @code{.macro} and @code{.endm} allow you to define macros that
5500generate assembly output. For example, this definition specifies a macro
5501@code{sum} that puts a sequence of numbers into memory:
5502
5503@example
5504 .macro sum from=0, to=5
5505 .long \from
5506 .if \to-\from
5507 sum "(\from+1)",\to
5508 .endif
5509 .endm
5510@end example
5511
5512@noindent
5513With that definition, @samp{SUM 0,5} is equivalent to this assembly input:
5514
5515@example
5516 .long 0
5517 .long 1
5518 .long 2
5519 .long 3
5520 .long 4
5521 .long 5
5522@end example
5523
5524@ftable @code
5525@item .macro @var{macname}
5526@itemx .macro @var{macname} @var{macargs} @dots{}
5527@cindex @code{macro} directive
5528Begin the definition of a macro called @var{macname}. If your macro
5529definition requires arguments, specify their names after the macro name,
6eaeac8a
JB
5530separated by commas or spaces. You can qualify the macro argument to
5531indicate whether all invocations must specify a non-blank value (through
5532@samp{:@code{req}}), or whether it takes all of the remaining arguments
5533(through @samp{:@code{vararg}}). You can supply a default value for any
fffeaa5f
JB
5534macro argument by following the name with @samp{=@var{deflt}}. You
5535cannot define two macros with the same @var{macname} unless it has been
96e9638b 5536subject to the @code{.purgem} directive (@pxref{Purgem}) between the two
fffeaa5f 5537definitions. For example, these are all valid @code{.macro} statements:
252b5132
RH
5538
5539@table @code
5540@item .macro comm
5541Begin the definition of a macro called @code{comm}, which takes no
5542arguments.
5543
6258339f 5544@item .macro plus1 p, p1
252b5132
RH
5545@itemx .macro plus1 p p1
5546Either statement begins the definition of a macro called @code{plus1},
5547which takes two arguments; within the macro definition, write
5548@samp{\p} or @samp{\p1} to evaluate the arguments.
5549
5550@item .macro reserve_str p1=0 p2
5551Begin the definition of a macro called @code{reserve_str}, with two
5552arguments. The first argument has a default value, but not the second.
5553After the definition is complete, you can call the macro either as
5554@samp{reserve_str @var{a},@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating to
5555@var{a} and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}), or as @samp{reserve_str
5556,@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating as the default, in this case
5557@samp{0}, and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}).
252b5132 5558
6eaeac8a
JB
5559@item .macro m p1:req, p2=0, p3:vararg
5560Begin the definition of a macro called @code{m}, with at least three
5561arguments. The first argument must always have a value specified, but
5562not the second, which instead has a default value. The third formal
5563will get assigned all remaining arguments specified at invocation time.
5564
252b5132
RH
5565When you call a macro, you can specify the argument values either by
5566position, or by keyword. For example, @samp{sum 9,17} is equivalent to
5567@samp{sum to=17, from=9}.
5568
6258339f
NC
5569@end table
5570
5e75c3ab
JB
5571Note that since each of the @var{macargs} can be an identifier exactly
5572as any other one permitted by the target architecture, there may be
5573occasional problems if the target hand-crafts special meanings to certain
6258339f 5574characters when they occur in a special position. For example, if the colon
5e75c3ab 5575(@code{:}) is generally permitted to be part of a symbol name, but the
6258339f 5576architecture specific code special-cases it when occurring as the final
5e75c3ab
JB
5577character of a symbol (to denote a label), then the macro parameter
5578replacement code will have no way of knowing that and consider the whole
5579construct (including the colon) an identifier, and check only this
6258339f
NC
5580identifier for being the subject to parameter substitution. So for example
5581this macro definition:
5582
5583@example
5584 .macro label l
5585\l:
5586 .endm
5587@end example
5588
5589might not work as expected. Invoking @samp{label foo} might not create a label
5590called @samp{foo} but instead just insert the text @samp{\l:} into the
5591assembler source, probably generating an error about an unrecognised
5592identifier.
5593
5594Similarly problems might occur with the period character (@samp{.})
5595which is often allowed inside opcode names (and hence identifier names). So
5596for example constructing a macro to build an opcode from a base name and a
5597length specifier like this:
5598
5599@example
5600 .macro opcode base length
5601 \base.\length
5602 .endm
5603@end example
5604
5605and invoking it as @samp{opcode store l} will not create a @samp{store.l}
5606instruction but instead generate some kind of error as the assembler tries to
5607interpret the text @samp{\base.\length}.
5608
5609There are several possible ways around this problem:
5610
5611@table @code
5612@item Insert white space
5613If it is possible to use white space characters then this is the simplest
5614solution. eg:
5615
5616@example
5617 .macro label l
5618\l :
5619 .endm
5620@end example
5621
5622@item Use @samp{\()}
5623The string @samp{\()} can be used to separate the end of a macro argument from
5624the following text. eg:
5625
5626@example
5627 .macro opcode base length
5628 \base\().\length
5629 .endm
5630@end example
5631
5632@item Use the alternate macro syntax mode
5633In the alternative macro syntax mode the ampersand character (@samp{&}) can be
5634used as a separator. eg:
5e75c3ab
JB
5635
5636@example
5637 .altmacro
5638 .macro label l
5639l&:
5640 .endm
5641@end example
6258339f 5642@end table
5e75c3ab 5643
96e9638b 5644Note: this problem of correctly identifying string parameters to pseudo ops
01642c12 5645also applies to the identifiers used in @code{.irp} (@pxref{Irp})
96e9638b 5646and @code{.irpc} (@pxref{Irpc}) as well.
5e75c3ab 5647
252b5132
RH
5648@item .endm
5649@cindex @code{endm} directive
5650Mark the end of a macro definition.
5651
5652@item .exitm
5653@cindex @code{exitm} directive
5654Exit early from the current macro definition.
5655
5656@cindex number of macros executed
5657@cindex macros, count executed
5658@item \@@
a4fb0134 5659@command{@value{AS}} maintains a counter of how many macros it has
252b5132
RH
5660executed in this pseudo-variable; you can copy that number to your
5661output with @samp{\@@}, but @emph{only within a macro definition}.
5662
252b5132
RH
5663@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
5664@emph{Warning: @code{LOCAL} is only available if you select ``alternate
caa32fe5
NC
5665macro syntax'' with @samp{--alternate} or @code{.altmacro}.}
5666@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
5667@end ftable
252b5132 5668
ccf8a69b
BW
5669@node MRI
5670@section @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 5671
ccf8a69b
BW
5672@cindex @code{mri} directive
5673@cindex MRI mode, temporarily
5674If @var{val} is non-zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to enter MRI mode. If
5675@var{val} is zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to exit MRI mode. This change
5676affects code assembled until the next @code{.mri} directive, or until the end
5677of the file. @xref{M, MRI mode, MRI mode}.
252b5132 5678
caa32fe5
NC
5679@node Noaltmacro
5680@section @code{.noaltmacro}
96e9638b 5681Disable alternate macro mode. @xref{Altmacro}.
caa32fe5 5682
252b5132
RH
5683@node Nolist
5684@section @code{.nolist}
5685
5686@cindex @code{nolist} directive
5687@cindex listing control, turning off
5688Control (in conjunction with the @code{.list} directive) whether or
5689not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5690internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5691counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5692generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5693
5694@node Octa
5695@section @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
5696
5697@c FIXME: double size emitted for "octa" on i960, others? Or warn?
5698@cindex @code{octa} directive
5699@cindex integer, 16-byte
5700@cindex sixteen byte integer
5701This directive expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For each
5702bignum, it emits a 16-byte integer.
5703
5704The term ``octa'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
5705hence @emph{octa}-word for 16 bytes.
5706
9aec2026
NC
5707@node Offset
5708@section @code{.offset @var{loc}}
5709
5710@cindex @code{offset} directive
5711Set the location counter to @var{loc} in the absolute section. @var{loc} must
5712be an absolute expression. This directive may be useful for defining
5713symbols with absolute values. Do not confuse it with the @code{.org}
fa94de6b 5714directive.
9aec2026 5715
252b5132
RH
5716@node Org
5717@section @code{.org @var{new-lc} , @var{fill}}
5718
5719@cindex @code{org} directive
5720@cindex location counter, advancing
5721@cindex advancing location counter
5722@cindex current address, advancing
5723Advance the location counter of the current section to
5724@var{new-lc}. @var{new-lc} is either an absolute expression or an
5725expression with the same section as the current subsection. That is,
5726you can't use @code{.org} to cross sections: if @var{new-lc} has the
5727wrong section, the @code{.org} directive is ignored. To be compatible
5728with former assemblers, if the section of @var{new-lc} is absolute,
a4fb0134 5729@command{@value{AS}} issues a warning, then pretends the section of @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
5730is the same as the current subsection.
5731
5732@code{.org} may only increase the location counter, or leave it
5733unchanged; you cannot use @code{.org} to move the location counter
5734backwards.
5735
5736@c double negative used below "not undefined" because this is a specific
5737@c reference to "undefined" (as SEG_UNKNOWN is called in this manual)
5738@c section. doc@cygnus.com 18feb91
a4fb0134 5739Because @command{@value{AS}} tries to assemble programs in one pass, @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
5740may not be undefined. If you really detest this restriction we eagerly await
5741a chance to share your improved assembler.
5742
5743Beware that the origin is relative to the start of the section, not
5744to the start of the subsection. This is compatible with other
5745people's assemblers.
5746
5747When the location counter (of the current subsection) is advanced, the
5748intervening bytes are filled with @var{fill} which should be an
5749absolute expression. If the comma and @var{fill} are omitted,
5750@var{fill} defaults to zero.
5751
5752@node P2align
5753@section @code{.p2align[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
5754
5755@cindex padding the location counter given a power of two
5756@cindex @code{p2align} directive
5757Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
5758storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
5759number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
5760advancement. For example @samp{.p2align 3} advances the location
5761counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
5762multiple of 8, no change is needed.
5763
5764The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
5765padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
5766padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
5767marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
5768with no-op instructions.
5769
5770The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
5771it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
5772directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
5773specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
5774fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
5775required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
5776with no-op instructions when appropriate.
5777
5778@cindex @code{p2alignw} directive
5779@cindex @code{p2alignl} directive
5780The @code{.p2alignw} and @code{.p2alignl} directives are variants of the
5781@code{.p2align} directive. The @code{.p2alignw} directive treats the fill
5782pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.p2alignl} directives treats the
5783fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.p2alignw
57842,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
5785filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
5786the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
5787undefined.
5788
ccf8a69b
BW
5789@ifset ELF
5790@node PopSection
5791@section @code{.popsection}
5792
5793@cindex @code{popsection} directive
5794@cindex Section Stack
5795This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
5796@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5797@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.previous}
ccf8a69b
BW
5798(@pxref{Previous}).
5799
5800This directive replaces the current section (and subsection) with the top
5801section (and subsection) on the section stack. This section is popped off the
01642c12 5802stack.
ccf8a69b
BW
5803@end ifset
5804
c91d2e08
NC
5805@ifset ELF
5806@node Previous
5807@section @code{.previous}
5808
c1253627 5809@cindex @code{previous} directive
c91d2e08
NC
5810@cindex Section Stack
5811This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
a349d9dd
PB
5812@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5813@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.popsection}
5814(@pxref{PopSection}).
c91d2e08
NC
5815
5816This directive swaps the current section (and subsection) with most recently
8b040e0a 5817referenced section/subsection pair prior to this one. Multiple
c91d2e08 5818@code{.previous} directives in a row will flip between two sections (and their
8b040e0a
NC
5819subsections). For example:
5820
5821@smallexample
5822.section A
5823 .subsection 1
5824 .word 0x1234
5825 .subsection 2
5826 .word 0x5678
5827.previous
5828 .word 0x9abc
5829@end smallexample
5830
5831Will place 0x1234 and 0x9abc into subsection 1 and 0x5678 into subsection 2 of
5832section A. Whilst:
5833
5834@smallexample
5835.section A
5836.subsection 1
5837 # Now in section A subsection 1
5838 .word 0x1234
5839.section B
5840.subsection 0
5841 # Now in section B subsection 0
5842 .word 0x5678
5843.subsection 1
5844 # Now in section B subsection 1
5845 .word 0x9abc
5846.previous
5847 # Now in section B subsection 0
5848 .word 0xdef0
5849@end smallexample
5850
5851Will place 0x1234 into section A, 0x5678 and 0xdef0 into subsection 0 of
5852section B and 0x9abc into subsection 1 of section B.
c91d2e08
NC
5853
5854In terms of the section stack, this directive swaps the current section with
5855the top section on the section stack.
5856@end ifset
5857
252b5132
RH
5858@node Print
5859@section @code{.print @var{string}}
5860
5861@cindex @code{print} directive
a4fb0134 5862@command{@value{AS}} will print @var{string} on the standard output during
252b5132
RH
5863assembly. You must put @var{string} in double quotes.
5864
c91d2e08
NC
5865@ifset ELF
5866@node Protected
5867@section @code{.protected @var{names}}
5868
c1253627
NC
5869@cindex @code{protected} directive
5870@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5871This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
a349d9dd 5872@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden}) and @code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal}).
c91d2e08
NC
5873
5874This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5875their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5876@code{protected} which means that any references to the symbols from within the
5877components that defines them must be resolved to the definition in that
5878component, even if a definition in another component would normally preempt
01642c12 5879this.
c91d2e08
NC
5880@end ifset
5881
252b5132
RH
5882@node Psize
5883@section @code{.psize @var{lines} , @var{columns}}
5884
5885@cindex @code{psize} directive
5886@cindex listing control: paper size
5887@cindex paper size, for listings
5888Use this directive to declare the number of lines---and, optionally, the
5889number of columns---to use for each page, when generating listings.
5890
5891If you do not use @code{.psize}, listings use a default line-count
5892of 60. You may omit the comma and @var{columns} specification; the
5893default width is 200 columns.
5894
a4fb0134 5895@command{@value{AS}} generates formfeeds whenever the specified number of
252b5132
RH
5896lines is exceeded (or whenever you explicitly request one, using
5897@code{.eject}).
5898
5899If you specify @var{lines} as @code{0}, no formfeeds are generated save
5900those explicitly specified with @code{.eject}.
5901
5902@node Purgem
5903@section @code{.purgem @var{name}}
5904
5905@cindex @code{purgem} directive
5906Undefine the macro @var{name}, so that later uses of the string will not be
5907expanded. @xref{Macro}.
5908
c91d2e08
NC
5909@ifset ELF
5910@node PushSection
9cfc3331 5911@section @code{.pushsection @var{name} [, @var{subsection}] [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{arguments}]]]}
c91d2e08 5912
c1253627 5913@cindex @code{pushsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
5914@cindex Section Stack
5915This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
5916@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5917@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 5918(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 5919
e9863d7f
DJ
5920This directive pushes the current section (and subsection) onto the
5921top of the section stack, and then replaces the current section and
9cfc3331
L
5922subsection with @code{name} and @code{subsection}. The optional
5923@code{flags}, @code{type} and @code{arguments} are treated the same
5924as in the @code{.section} (@pxref{Section}) directive.
c91d2e08
NC
5925@end ifset
5926
252b5132
RH
5927@node Quad
5928@section @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
5929
5930@cindex @code{quad} directive
5931@code{.quad} expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For
5932each bignum, it emits
5933@ifclear bignum-16
5934an 8-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 8 bytes, it prints a
5935warning message; and just takes the lowest order 8 bytes of the bignum.
5936@cindex eight-byte integer
5937@cindex integer, 8-byte
5938
5939The term ``quad'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
5940hence @emph{quad}-word for 8 bytes.
5941@end ifclear
5942@ifset bignum-16
5943a 16-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 16 bytes, it prints a
5944warning message; and just takes the lowest order 16 bytes of the bignum.
5945@cindex sixteen-byte integer
5946@cindex integer, 16-byte
5947@end ifset
5948
05e9452c
AM
5949@node Reloc
5950@section @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
5951
5952@cindex @code{reloc} directive
5953Generate a relocation at @var{offset} of type @var{reloc_name} with value
5954@var{expression}. If @var{offset} is a number, the relocation is generated in
5955the current section. If @var{offset} is an expression that resolves to a
5956symbol plus offset, the relocation is generated in the given symbol's section.
5957@var{expression}, if present, must resolve to a symbol plus addend or to an
5958absolute value, but note that not all targets support an addend. e.g. ELF REL
5959targets such as i386 store an addend in the section contents rather than in the
5960relocation. This low level interface does not support addends stored in the
5961section.
5962
252b5132
RH
5963@node Rept
5964@section @code{.rept @var{count}}
5965
5966@cindex @code{rept} directive
5967Repeat the sequence of lines between the @code{.rept} directive and the next
5968@code{.endr} directive @var{count} times.
5969
5970For example, assembling
5971
5972@example
5973 .rept 3
5974 .long 0
5975 .endr
5976@end example
5977
5978is equivalent to assembling
5979
5980@example
5981 .long 0
5982 .long 0
5983 .long 0
5984@end example
5985
5986@node Sbttl
5987@section @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
5988
5989@cindex @code{sbttl} directive
5990@cindex subtitles for listings
5991@cindex listing control: subtitle
5992Use @var{subheading} as the title (third line, immediately after the
5993title line) when generating assembly listings.
5994
5995This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
5996it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
5997
5998@ifset COFF
5999@node Scl
6000@section @code{.scl @var{class}}
6001
6002@cindex @code{scl} directive
6003@cindex symbol storage class (COFF)
6004@cindex COFF symbol storage class
6005Set the storage-class value for a symbol. This directive may only be
6006used inside a @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair. Storage class may flag
6007whether a symbol is static or external, or it may record further
6008symbolic debugging information.
6009@ifset BOUT
6010
6011The @samp{.scl} directive is primarily associated with COFF output; when
a4fb0134 6012configured to generate @code{b.out} output format, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
6013accepts this directive but ignores it.
6014@end ifset
6015@end ifset
6016
c1253627 6017@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6018@node Section
c1253627 6019@section @code{.section @var{name}}
252b5132 6020
252b5132
RH
6021@cindex named section
6022Use the @code{.section} directive to assemble the following code into a section
6023named @var{name}.
6024
6025This directive is only supported for targets that actually support arbitrarily
6026named sections; on @code{a.out} targets, for example, it is not accepted, even
6027with a standard @code{a.out} section name.
6028
c1253627
NC
6029@ifset COFF
6030@ifset ELF
6031@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6032@subheading COFF Version
6033@end ifset
6034
6035@cindex @code{section} directive (COFF version)
252b5132
RH
6036For COFF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used in one of the following
6037ways:
c91d2e08 6038
252b5132
RH
6039@smallexample
6040.section @var{name}[, "@var{flags}"]
4e188d17 6041.section @var{name}[, @var{subsection}]
252b5132
RH
6042@end smallexample
6043
6044If the optional argument is quoted, it is taken as flags to use for the
6045section. Each flag is a single character. The following flags are recognized:
6046@table @code
6047@item b
6048bss section (uninitialized data)
6049@item n
6050section is not loaded
6051@item w
6052writable section
6053@item d
6054data section
70e0ee1a
KT
6055@item e
6056exclude section from linking
252b5132
RH
6057@item r
6058read-only section
6059@item x
6060executable section
2dcc60be
ILT
6061@item s
6062shared section (meaningful for PE targets)
6ff96af6
NC
6063@item a
6064ignored. (For compatibility with the ELF version)
63ad59ae
KT
6065@item y
6066section is not readable (meaningful for PE targets)
31907d5e
DK
6067@item 0-9
6068single-digit power-of-two section alignment (GNU extension)
252b5132
RH
6069@end table
6070
6071If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
6072the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to be
7e84d676
NC
6073loaded and writable. Note the @code{n} and @code{w} flags remove attributes
6074from the section, rather than adding them, so if they are used on their own it
6075will be as if no flags had been specified at all.
252b5132
RH
6076
6077If the optional argument to the @code{.section} directive is not quoted, it is
4e188d17 6078taken as a subsection number (@pxref{Sub-Sections}).
c1253627 6079@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6080
6081@ifset ELF
c1253627
NC
6082@ifset COFF
6083@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6084@subheading ELF Version
6085@end ifset
6086
c91d2e08
NC
6087@cindex Section Stack
6088This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12 6089@code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}), @code{.pushsection}
a349d9dd
PB
6090(@pxref{PushSection}), @code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and
6091@code{.previous} (@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 6092
c1253627 6093@cindex @code{section} directive (ELF version)
252b5132 6094For ELF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 6095
252b5132 6096@smallexample
7047dd1e 6097.section @var{name} [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{flag_specific_arguments}]]]
252b5132 6098@end smallexample
c91d2e08 6099
252b5132 6100The optional @var{flags} argument is a quoted string which may contain any
a349d9dd 6101combination of the following characters:
252b5132
RH
6102@table @code
6103@item a
6104section is allocatable
18ae9cc1
L
6105@item e
6106section is excluded from executable and shared library.
252b5132
RH
6107@item w
6108section is writable
6109@item x
6110section is executable
ec38dd05
JJ
6111@item M
6112section is mergeable
6113@item S
6114section contains zero terminated strings
22fe14ad
NC
6115@item G
6116section is a member of a section group
6117@item T
6118section is used for thread-local-storage
01642c12
RM
6119@item ?
6120section is a member of the previously-current section's group, if any
252b5132
RH
6121@end table
6122
6123The optional @var{type} argument may contain one of the following constants:
6124@table @code
6125@item @@progbits
6126section contains data
6127@item @@nobits
6128section does not contain data (i.e., section only occupies space)
22fe14ad
NC
6129@item @@note
6130section contains data which is used by things other than the program
10b016c2
PB
6131@item @@init_array
6132section contains an array of pointers to init functions
6133@item @@fini_array
6134section contains an array of pointers to finish functions
6135@item @@preinit_array
6136section contains an array of pointers to pre-init functions
252b5132
RH
6137@end table
6138
10b016c2
PB
6139Many targets only support the first three section types.
6140
ececec60
NC
6141Note on targets where the @code{@@} character is the start of a comment (eg
6142ARM) then another character is used instead. For example the ARM port uses the
6143@code{%} character.
6144
22fe14ad 6145If @var{flags} contains the @code{M} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
96e9638b 6146be specified as well as an extra argument---@var{entsize}---like this:
22fe14ad
NC
6147
6148@smallexample
6149.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"M, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}
6150@end smallexample
6151
6152Sections with the @code{M} flag but not @code{S} flag must contain fixed size
6153constants, each @var{entsize} octets long. Sections with both @code{M} and
6154@code{S} must contain zero terminated strings where each character is
6155@var{entsize} bytes long. The linker may remove duplicates within sections with
6156the same name, same entity size and same flags. @var{entsize} must be an
90dce00a
AM
6157absolute expression. For sections with both @code{M} and @code{S}, a string
6158which is a suffix of a larger string is considered a duplicate. Thus
6159@code{"def"} will be merged with @code{"abcdef"}; A reference to the first
6160@code{"def"} will be changed to a reference to @code{"abcdef"+3}.
22fe14ad
NC
6161
6162If @var{flags} contains the @code{G} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
6163be present along with an additional field like this:
6164
6165@smallexample
6166.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"G, @@@var{type}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
6167@end smallexample
6168
6169The @var{GroupName} field specifies the name of the section group to which this
6170particular section belongs. The optional linkage field can contain:
6171@table @code
6172@item comdat
6173indicates that only one copy of this section should be retained
6174@item .gnu.linkonce
6175an alias for comdat
6176@end table
6177
96e9638b 6178Note: if both the @var{M} and @var{G} flags are present then the fields for
22fe14ad
NC
6179the Merge flag should come first, like this:
6180
6181@smallexample
6182.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"MG, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
6183@end smallexample
ec38dd05 6184
01642c12
RM
6185If @var{flags} contains the @code{?} symbol then it may not also contain the
6186@code{G} symbol and the @var{GroupName} or @var{linkage} fields should not be
6187present. Instead, @code{?} says to consider the section that's current before
6188this directive. If that section used @code{G}, then the new section will use
6189@code{G} with those same @var{GroupName} and @var{linkage} fields implicitly.
6190If not, then the @code{?} symbol has no effect.
6191
252b5132
RH
6192If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
6193the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to have
6194none of the above flags: it will not be allocated in memory, nor writable, nor
6195executable. The section will contain data.
6196
6197For ELF targets, the assembler supports another type of @code{.section}
6198directive for compatibility with the Solaris assembler:
c91d2e08 6199
252b5132
RH
6200@smallexample
6201.section "@var{name}"[, @var{flags}...]
6202@end smallexample
c91d2e08 6203
252b5132
RH
6204Note that the section name is quoted. There may be a sequence of comma
6205separated flags:
6206@table @code
6207@item #alloc
6208section is allocatable
6209@item #write
6210section is writable
6211@item #execinstr
6212section is executable
18ae9cc1
L
6213@item #exclude
6214section is excluded from executable and shared library.
22fe14ad
NC
6215@item #tls
6216section is used for thread local storage
252b5132 6217@end table
c91d2e08 6218
e9863d7f
DJ
6219This directive replaces the current section and subsection. See the
6220contents of the gas testsuite directory @code{gas/testsuite/gas/elf} for
6221some examples of how this directive and the other section stack directives
6222work.
c1253627
NC
6223@end ifset
6224@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6225
6226@node Set
6227@section @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
6228
6229@cindex @code{set} directive
6230@cindex symbol value, setting
6231Set the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}. This
6232changes @var{symbol}'s value and type to conform to
6233@var{expression}. If @var{symbol} was flagged as external, it remains
6234flagged (@pxref{Symbol Attributes}).
6235
6236You may @code{.set} a symbol many times in the same assembly.
6237
6238If you @code{.set} a global symbol, the value stored in the object
6239file is the last value stored into it.
6240
3c9b82ba
NC
6241@ifset Z80
6242On Z80 @code{set} is a real instruction, use
6243@samp{@var{symbol} defl @var{expression}} instead.
6244@end ifset
6245
252b5132
RH
6246@node Short
6247@section @code{.short @var{expressions}}
6248
6249@cindex @code{short} directive
6250@ifset GENERIC
6251@code{.short} is normally the same as @samp{.word}.
6252@xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6253
6254In some configurations, however, @code{.short} and @code{.word} generate
96e9638b 6255numbers of different lengths. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6256@end ifset
6257@ifclear GENERIC
6258@ifset W16
6259@code{.short} is the same as @samp{.word}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6260@end ifset
6261@ifset W32
6262This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
6263a 16 bit number for each.
6264@end ifset
6265@end ifclear
6266
6267@node Single
6268@section @code{.single @var{flonums}}
6269
6270@cindex @code{single} directive
6271@cindex floating point numbers (single)
6272This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
6273has the same effect as @code{.float}.
6274@ifset GENERIC
6275The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 6276@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6277@end ifset
6278@ifclear GENERIC
6279@ifset IEEEFLOAT
6280On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.single} emits 32-bit floating point
6281numbers in @sc{ieee} format.
6282@end ifset
6283@end ifclear
6284
c1253627 6285@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6286@node Size
c1253627 6287@section @code{.size}
c91d2e08 6288
c1253627
NC
6289This directive is used to set the size associated with a symbol.
6290
6291@ifset COFF
6292@ifset ELF
6293@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6294@subheading COFF Version
6295@end ifset
6296
6297@cindex @code{size} directive (COFF version)
6298For COFF targets, the @code{.size} directive is only permitted inside
6299@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
6300
6301@smallexample
6302.size @var{expression}
6303@end smallexample
252b5132 6304
c91d2e08 6305@ifset BOUT
252b5132 6306@samp{.size} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6307@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
6308ignores it.
6309@end ifset
c1253627 6310@end ifset
c91d2e08 6311
c1253627
NC
6312@ifset ELF
6313@ifset COFF
6314@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6315@subheading ELF Version
6316@end ifset
6317
6318@cindex @code{size} directive (ELF version)
6319For ELF targets, the @code{.size} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 6320
c1253627
NC
6321@smallexample
6322.size @var{name} , @var{expression}
6323@end smallexample
6324
6325This directive sets the size associated with a symbol @var{name}.
c91d2e08
NC
6326The size in bytes is computed from @var{expression} which can make use of label
6327arithmetic. This directive is typically used to set the size of function
6328symbols.
c1253627
NC
6329@end ifset
6330@end ifset
252b5132 6331
252b5132
RH
6332@ifclear no-space-dir
6333@node Skip
6334@section @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
6335
6336@cindex @code{skip} directive
6337@cindex filling memory
6338This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6339@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma and
6340@var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same as
6341@samp{.space}.
884f0d36 6342@end ifclear
252b5132 6343
ccf8a69b
BW
6344@node Sleb128
6345@section @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
6346
6347@cindex @code{sleb128} directive
01642c12 6348@var{sleb128} stands for ``signed little endian base 128.'' This is a
ccf8a69b
BW
6349compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
6350symbolic debugging format. @xref{Uleb128, ,@code{.uleb128}}.
6351
884f0d36 6352@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132
RH
6353@node Space
6354@section @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
6355
6356@cindex @code{space} directive
6357@cindex filling memory
6358This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6359@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma
6360and @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same
6361as @samp{.skip}.
6362
6363@ifset HPPA
6364@quotation
6365@emph{Warning:} @code{.space} has a completely different meaning for HPPA
6366targets; use @code{.block} as a substitute. See @cite{HP9000 Series 800
6367Assembly Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) for the meaning of the
6368@code{.space} directive. @xref{HPPA Directives,,HPPA Assembler Directives},
6369for a summary.
6370@end quotation
6371@end ifset
6372@end ifclear
6373
252b5132
RH
6374@ifset have-stabs
6375@node Stab
6376@section @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
6377
6378@cindex symbolic debuggers, information for
6379@cindex @code{stab@var{x}} directives
6380There are three directives that begin @samp{.stab}.
6381All emit symbols (@pxref{Symbols}), for use by symbolic debuggers.
a4fb0134 6382The symbols are not entered in the @command{@value{AS}} hash table: they
252b5132
RH
6383cannot be referenced elsewhere in the source file.
6384Up to five fields are required:
6385
6386@table @var
6387@item string
6388This is the symbol's name. It may contain any character except
6389@samp{\000}, so is more general than ordinary symbol names. Some
6390debuggers used to code arbitrarily complex structures into symbol names
6391using this field.
6392
6393@item type
6394An absolute expression. The symbol's type is set to the low 8 bits of
6395this expression. Any bit pattern is permitted, but @code{@value{LD}}
6396and debuggers choke on silly bit patterns.
6397
6398@item other
6399An absolute expression. The symbol's ``other'' attribute is set to the
6400low 8 bits of this expression.
6401
6402@item desc
6403An absolute expression. The symbol's descriptor is set to the low 16
6404bits of this expression.
6405
6406@item value
6407An absolute expression which becomes the symbol's value.
6408@end table
6409
6410If a warning is detected while reading a @code{.stabd}, @code{.stabn},
6411or @code{.stabs} statement, the symbol has probably already been created;
6412you get a half-formed symbol in your object file. This is
6413compatible with earlier assemblers!
6414
6415@table @code
6416@cindex @code{stabd} directive
6417@item .stabd @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc}
6418
6419The ``name'' of the symbol generated is not even an empty string.
6420It is a null pointer, for compatibility. Older assemblers used a
6421null pointer so they didn't waste space in object files with empty
6422strings.
6423
6424The symbol's value is set to the location counter,
6425relocatably. When your program is linked, the value of this symbol
6426is the address of the location counter when the @code{.stabd} was
6427assembled.
6428
6429@cindex @code{stabn} directive
6430@item .stabn @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6431The name of the symbol is set to the empty string @code{""}.
6432
6433@cindex @code{stabs} directive
6434@item .stabs @var{string} , @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6435All five fields are specified.
6436@end table
6437@end ifset
6438@c end have-stabs
6439
6440@node String
38a57ae7 6441@section @code{.string} "@var{str}", @code{.string8} "@var{str}", @code{.string16}
01642c12 6442"@var{str}", @code{.string32} "@var{str}", @code{.string64} "@var{str}"
252b5132
RH
6443
6444@cindex string, copying to object file
38a57ae7
NC
6445@cindex string8, copying to object file
6446@cindex string16, copying to object file
6447@cindex string32, copying to object file
6448@cindex string64, copying to object file
252b5132 6449@cindex @code{string} directive
38a57ae7
NC
6450@cindex @code{string8} directive
6451@cindex @code{string16} directive
6452@cindex @code{string32} directive
6453@cindex @code{string64} directive
252b5132
RH
6454
6455Copy the characters in @var{str} to the object file. You may specify more than
6456one string to copy, separated by commas. Unless otherwise specified for a
6457particular machine, the assembler marks the end of each string with a 0 byte.
6458You can use any of the escape sequences described in @ref{Strings,,Strings}.
6459
01642c12 6460The variants @code{string16}, @code{string32} and @code{string64} differ from
38a57ae7
NC
6461the @code{string} pseudo opcode in that each 8-bit character from @var{str} is
6462copied and expanded to 16, 32 or 64 bits respectively. The expanded characters
6463are stored in target endianness byte order.
6464
6465Example:
6466@smallexample
6467 .string32 "BYE"
6468expands to:
6469 .string "B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E\0\0\0" /* On little endian targets. */
6470 .string "\0\0\0B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E" /* On big endian targets. */
6471@end smallexample
6472
6473
252b5132
RH
6474@node Struct
6475@section @code{.struct @var{expression}}
6476
6477@cindex @code{struct} directive
6478Switch to the absolute section, and set the section offset to @var{expression},
6479which must be an absolute expression. You might use this as follows:
6480@smallexample
6481 .struct 0
6482field1:
6483 .struct field1 + 4
6484field2:
6485 .struct field2 + 4
6486field3:
6487@end smallexample
6488This would define the symbol @code{field1} to have the value 0, the symbol
6489@code{field2} to have the value 4, and the symbol @code{field3} to have the
6490value 8. Assembly would be left in the absolute section, and you would need to
6491use a @code{.section} directive of some sort to change to some other section
6492before further assembly.
6493
c91d2e08
NC
6494@ifset ELF
6495@node SubSection
6496@section @code{.subsection @var{name}}
6497
c1253627 6498@cindex @code{subsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6499@cindex Section Stack
6500This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6501@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}),
6502@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 6503(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08
NC
6504
6505This directive replaces the current subsection with @code{name}. The current
6506section is not changed. The replaced subsection is put onto the section stack
6507in place of the then current top of stack subsection.
c91d2e08
NC
6508@end ifset
6509
252b5132
RH
6510@ifset ELF
6511@node Symver
6512@section @code{.symver}
6513@cindex @code{symver} directive
6514@cindex symbol versioning
6515@cindex versions of symbols
6516Use the @code{.symver} directive to bind symbols to specific version nodes
6517within a source file. This is only supported on ELF platforms, and is
6518typically used when assembling files to be linked into a shared library.
6519There are cases where it may make sense to use this in objects to be bound
6520into an application itself so as to override a versioned symbol from a
6521shared library.
6522
79082ff0 6523For ELF targets, the @code{.symver} directive can be used like this:
252b5132
RH
6524@smallexample
6525.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@nodename}
6526@end smallexample
339681c0 6527If the symbol @var{name} is defined within the file
79082ff0 6528being assembled, the @code{.symver} directive effectively creates a symbol
252b5132
RH
6529alias with the name @var{name2@@nodename}, and in fact the main reason that we
6530just don't try and create a regular alias is that the @var{@@} character isn't
6531permitted in symbol names. The @var{name2} part of the name is the actual name
6532of the symbol by which it will be externally referenced. The name @var{name}
6533itself is merely a name of convenience that is used so that it is possible to
6534have definitions for multiple versions of a function within a single source
6535file, and so that the compiler can unambiguously know which version of a
6536function is being mentioned. The @var{nodename} portion of the alias should be
6537the name of a node specified in the version script supplied to the linker when
6538building a shared library. If you are attempting to override a versioned
6539symbol from a shared library, then @var{nodename} should correspond to the
6540nodename of the symbol you are trying to override.
339681c0
L
6541
6542If the symbol @var{name} is not defined within the file being assembled, all
6543references to @var{name} will be changed to @var{name2@@nodename}. If no
6544reference to @var{name} is made, @var{name2@@nodename} will be removed from the
6545symbol table.
79082ff0
L
6546
6547Another usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
6548@smallexample
6549.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@nodename}
6550@end smallexample
6551In this case, the symbol @var{name} must exist and be defined within
a349d9dd 6552the file being assembled. It is similar to @var{name2@@nodename}. The
79082ff0
L
6553difference is @var{name2@@@@nodename} will also be used to resolve
6554references to @var{name2} by the linker.
6555
6556The third usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
6557@smallexample
6558.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@@@nodename}
6559@end smallexample
6560When @var{name} is not defined within the
6561file being assembled, it is treated as @var{name2@@nodename}. When
6562@var{name} is defined within the file being assembled, the symbol
6563name, @var{name}, will be changed to @var{name2@@@@nodename}.
252b5132
RH
6564@end ifset
6565
6566@ifset COFF
6567@node Tag
6568@section @code{.tag @var{structname}}
6569
6570@cindex COFF structure debugging
6571@cindex structure debugging, COFF
6572@cindex @code{tag} directive
6573This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
6574information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
6575@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. Tags are used to link structure
6576definitions in the symbol table with instances of those structures.
6577@ifset BOUT
6578
6579@samp{.tag} is only used when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6580@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
6581ignores it.
6582@end ifset
6583@end ifset
6584
6585@node Text
6586@section @code{.text @var{subsection}}
6587
6588@cindex @code{text} directive
a4fb0134 6589Tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the end of
252b5132
RH
6590the text subsection numbered @var{subsection}, which is an absolute
6591expression. If @var{subsection} is omitted, subsection number zero
6592is used.
6593
6594@node Title
6595@section @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
6596
6597@cindex @code{title} directive
6598@cindex listing control: title line
6599Use @var{heading} as the title (second line, immediately after the
6600source file name and pagenumber) when generating assembly listings.
6601
6602This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
6603it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
6604
c1253627 6605@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6606@node Type
c1253627
NC
6607@section @code{.type}
6608
6609This directive is used to set the type of a symbol.
6610
6611@ifset COFF
6612@ifset ELF
6613@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6614@subheading COFF Version
6615@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6616
6617@cindex COFF symbol type
6618@cindex symbol type, COFF
c1253627
NC
6619@cindex @code{type} directive (COFF version)
6620For COFF targets, this directive is permitted only within
6621@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
6622
6623@smallexample
6624.type @var{int}
6625@end smallexample
6626
6627This records the integer @var{int} as the type attribute of a symbol table
6628entry.
252b5132 6629
c91d2e08 6630@ifset BOUT
252b5132 6631@samp{.type} is associated only with COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6632@command{@value{AS}} is configured for @code{b.out} output, it accepts this
252b5132
RH
6633directive but ignores it.
6634@end ifset
c1253627 6635@end ifset
c91d2e08 6636
c1253627
NC
6637@ifset ELF
6638@ifset COFF
6639@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6640@subheading ELF Version
6641@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
6642
6643@cindex ELF symbol type
6644@cindex symbol type, ELF
c1253627
NC
6645@cindex @code{type} directive (ELF version)
6646For ELF targets, the @code{.type} directive is used like this:
6647
6648@smallexample
6649.type @var{name} , @var{type description}
6650@end smallexample
6651
6652This sets the type of symbol @var{name} to be either a
a349d9dd 6653function symbol or an object symbol. There are five different syntaxes
c91d2e08 6654supported for the @var{type description} field, in order to provide
28c9d252 6655compatibility with various other assemblers.
58ab4f3d
MM
6656
6657Because some of the characters used in these syntaxes (such as @samp{@@} and
6658@samp{#}) are comment characters for some architectures, some of the syntaxes
6659below do not work on all architectures. The first variant will be accepted by
6660the GNU assembler on all architectures so that variant should be used for
6661maximum portability, if you do not need to assemble your code with other
6662assemblers.
6663
6664The syntaxes supported are:
c91d2e08
NC
6665
6666@smallexample
5671778d
NC
6667 .type <name> STT_<TYPE_IN_UPPER_CASE>
6668 .type <name>,#<type>
6669 .type <name>,@@<type>
e7c33416 6670 .type <name>,%<type>
5671778d
NC
6671 .type <name>,"<type>"
6672@end smallexample
6673
6674The types supported are:
58ab4f3d 6675
5671778d
NC
6676@table @gcctabopt
6677@item STT_FUNC
6678@itemx function
6679Mark the symbol as being a function name.
c91d2e08 6680
d8045f23
NC
6681@item STT_GNU_IFUNC
6682@itemx gnu_indirect_function
6683Mark the symbol as an indirect function when evaluated during reloc
9c55345c 6684processing. (This is only supported on assemblers targeting GNU systems).
d8045f23 6685
5671778d
NC
6686@item STT_OBJECT
6687@itemx object
6688Mark the symbol as being a data object.
6689
6690@item STT_TLS
6691@itemx tls_object
6692Mark the symbol as being a thead-local data object.
6693
6694@item STT_COMMON
6695@itemx common
6696Mark the symbol as being a common data object.
e7c33416
NC
6697
6698@item STT_NOTYPE
6699@itemx notype
6700Does not mark the symbol in any way. It is supported just for completeness.
6701
3e7a7d11
NC
6702@item gnu_unique_object
6703Marks the symbol as being a globally unique data object. The dynamic linker
6704will make sure that in the entire process there is just one symbol with this
9c55345c
TS
6705name and type in use. (This is only supported on assemblers targeting GNU
6706systems).
3e7a7d11 6707
5671778d
NC
6708@end table
6709
6710Note: Some targets support extra types in addition to those listed above.
c91d2e08 6711
c1253627
NC
6712@end ifset
6713@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
6714
6715@node Uleb128
6716@section @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
6717
6718@cindex @code{uleb128} directive
01642c12 6719@var{uleb128} stands for ``unsigned little endian base 128.'' This is a
c91d2e08 6720compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
96e9638b 6721symbolic debugging format. @xref{Sleb128, ,@code{.sleb128}}.
252b5132
RH
6722
6723@ifset COFF
6724@node Val
6725@section @code{.val @var{addr}}
6726
6727@cindex @code{val} directive
6728@cindex COFF value attribute
6729@cindex value attribute, COFF
6730This directive, permitted only within @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs,
6731records the address @var{addr} as the value attribute of a symbol table
6732entry.
6733@ifset BOUT
6734
a4fb0134 6735@samp{.val} is used only for COFF output; when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132
RH
6736configured for @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but ignores it.
6737@end ifset
6738@end ifset
6739
2e13b764 6740@ifset ELF
c91d2e08
NC
6741@node Version
6742@section @code{.version "@var{string}"}
2e13b764 6743
c1253627 6744@cindex @code{version} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6745This directive creates a @code{.note} section and places into it an ELF
6746formatted note of type NT_VERSION. The note's name is set to @code{string}.
9a297610 6747@end ifset
2e13b764 6748
c91d2e08
NC
6749@ifset ELF
6750@node VTableEntry
6751@section @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
2e13b764 6752
653cfe85 6753@cindex @code{vtable_entry} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6754This directive finds or creates a symbol @code{table} and creates a
6755@code{VTABLE_ENTRY} relocation for it with an addend of @code{offset}.
2e13b764 6756
c91d2e08
NC
6757@node VTableInherit
6758@section @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 6759
653cfe85 6760@cindex @code{vtable_inherit} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6761This directive finds the symbol @code{child} and finds or creates the symbol
6762@code{parent} and then creates a @code{VTABLE_INHERIT} relocation for the
a349d9dd 6763parent whose addend is the value of the child symbol. As a special case the
96e9638b 6764parent name of @code{0} is treated as referring to the @code{*ABS*} section.
c91d2e08 6765@end ifset
2e13b764 6766
d190d046
HPN
6767@node Warning
6768@section @code{.warning "@var{string}"}
6769@cindex warning directive
6770Similar to the directive @code{.error}
6771(@pxref{Error,,@code{.error "@var{string}"}}), but just emits a warning.
6772
c91d2e08
NC
6773@node Weak
6774@section @code{.weak @var{names}}
2e13b764 6775
c1253627 6776@cindex @code{weak} directive
a349d9dd 6777This directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c91d2e08 6778@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
c87db184 6779
01642c12 6780On COFF targets other than PE, weak symbols are a GNU extension. This
977cdf5a 6781directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c87db184
CF
6782@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
6783
977cdf5a 6784On the PE target, weak symbols are supported natively as weak aliases.
01642c12 6785When a weak symbol is created that is not an alias, GAS creates an
977cdf5a 6786alternate symbol to hold the default value.
2e13b764 6787
06e77878
AO
6788@node Weakref
6789@section @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{target}}
6790
6791@cindex @code{weakref} directive
6792This directive creates an alias to the target symbol that enables the symbol to
6793be referenced with weak-symbol semantics, but without actually making it weak.
6794If direct references or definitions of the symbol are present, then the symbol
6795will not be weak, but if all references to it are through weak references, the
6796symbol will be marked as weak in the symbol table.
6797
6798The effect is equivalent to moving all references to the alias to a separate
6799assembly source file, renaming the alias to the symbol in it, declaring the
6800symbol as weak there, and running a reloadable link to merge the object files
6801resulting from the assembly of the new source file and the old source file that
6802had the references to the alias removed.
6803
6804The alias itself never makes to the symbol table, and is entirely handled
6805within the assembler.
6806
252b5132
RH
6807@node Word
6808@section @code{.word @var{expressions}}
6809
6810@cindex @code{word} directive
6811This directive expects zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section,
6812separated by commas.
6813@ifclear GENERIC
6814@ifset W32
a4fb0134 6815For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 32-bit number.
252b5132
RH
6816@end ifset
6817@ifset W16
a4fb0134 6818For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 16-bit number.
252b5132
RH
6819@end ifset
6820@end ifclear
6821@ifset GENERIC
6822
6823The size of the number emitted, and its byte order,
6824depend on what target computer the assembly is for.
6825@end ifset
6826
6827@c on amd29k, i960, sparc the "special treatment to support compilers" doesn't
6828@c happen---32-bit addressability, period; no long/short jumps.
6829@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
6830@cindex difference tables altered
6831@cindex altered difference tables
6832@quotation
6833@emph{Warning: Special Treatment to support Compilers}
6834@end quotation
6835
6836@ifset GENERIC
6837Machines with a 32-bit address space, but that do less than 32-bit
6838addressing, require the following special treatment. If the machine of
6839interest to you does 32-bit addressing (or doesn't require it;
6840@pxref{Machine Dependencies}), you can ignore this issue.
6841
6842@end ifset
6843In order to assemble compiler output into something that works,
a4fb0134 6844@command{@value{AS}} occasionally does strange things to @samp{.word} directives.
252b5132 6845Directives of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2} are often emitted by
a4fb0134 6846compilers as part of jump tables. Therefore, when @command{@value{AS}} assembles a
252b5132 6847directive of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2}, and the difference between
a4fb0134 6848@code{sym1} and @code{sym2} does not fit in 16 bits, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
6849creates a @dfn{secondary jump table}, immediately before the next label.
6850This secondary jump table is preceded by a short-jump to the
6851first byte after the secondary table. This short-jump prevents the flow
6852of control from accidentally falling into the new table. Inside the
6853table is a long-jump to @code{sym2}. The original @samp{.word}
6854contains @code{sym1} minus the address of the long-jump to
6855@code{sym2}.
6856
6857If there were several occurrences of @samp{.word sym1-sym2} before the
6858secondary jump table, all of them are adjusted. If there was a
6859@samp{.word sym3-sym4}, that also did not fit in sixteen bits, a
6860long-jump to @code{sym4} is included in the secondary jump table,
6861and the @code{.word} directives are adjusted to contain @code{sym3}
6862minus the address of the long-jump to @code{sym4}; and so on, for as many
6863entries in the original jump table as necessary.
6864
6865@ifset INTERNALS
a4fb0134 6866@emph{This feature may be disabled by compiling @command{@value{AS}} with the
252b5132
RH
6867@samp{-DWORKING_DOT_WORD} option.} This feature is likely to confuse
6868assembly language programmers.
6869@end ifset
6870@end ifset
6871@c end DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
6872
6873@node Deprecated
6874@section Deprecated Directives
6875
6876@cindex deprecated directives
6877@cindex obsolescent directives
6878One day these directives won't work.
6879They are included for compatibility with older assemblers.
6880@table @t
6881@item .abort
6882@item .line
6883@end table
6884
3a99f02f
DJ
6885@ifset ELF
6886@node Object Attributes
6887@chapter Object Attributes
6888@cindex object attributes
6889
6890@command{@value{AS}} assembles source files written for a specific architecture
6891into object files for that architecture. But not all object files are alike.
6892Many architectures support incompatible variations. For instance, floating
6893point arguments might be passed in floating point registers if the object file
6894requires hardware floating point support---or floating point arguments might be
6895passed in integer registers if the object file supports processors with no
6896hardware floating point unit. Or, if two objects are built for different
6897generations of the same architecture, the combination may require the
6898newer generation at run-time.
6899
6900This information is useful during and after linking. At link time,
6901@command{@value{LD}} can warn about incompatible object files. After link
6902time, tools like @command{gdb} can use it to process the linked file
6903correctly.
6904
6905Compatibility information is recorded as a series of object attributes. Each
6906attribute has a @dfn{vendor}, @dfn{tag}, and @dfn{value}. The vendor is a
6907string, and indicates who sets the meaning of the tag. The tag is an integer,
6908and indicates what property the attribute describes. The value may be a string
6909or an integer, and indicates how the property affects this object. Missing
6910attributes are the same as attributes with a zero value or empty string value.
6911
6912Object attributes were developed as part of the ABI for the ARM Architecture.
6913The file format is documented in @cite{ELF for the ARM Architecture}.
6914
6915@menu
6916* GNU Object Attributes:: @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
6917* Defining New Object Attributes:: Defining New Object Attributes
6918@end menu
6919
6920@node GNU Object Attributes
6921@section @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
6922
6923The @code{.gnu_attribute} directive records an object attribute
6924with vendor @samp{gnu}.
6925
6926Except for @samp{Tag_compatibility}, which has both an integer and a string for
6927its value, @sc{gnu} attributes have a string value if the tag number is odd and
6928an integer value if the tag number is even. The second bit (@code{@var{tag} &
69292} is set for architecture-independent attributes and clear for
6930architecture-dependent ones.
6931
6932@subsection Common @sc{gnu} attributes
6933
6934These attributes are valid on all architectures.
6935
6936@table @r
6937@item Tag_compatibility (32)
6938The compatibility attribute takes an integer flag value and a vendor name. If
6939the flag value is 0, the file is compatible with other toolchains. If it is 1,
6940then the file is only compatible with the named toolchain. If it is greater
6941than 1, the file can only be processed by other toolchains under some private
6942arrangement indicated by the flag value and the vendor name.
6943@end table
6944
6945@subsection MIPS Attributes
6946
6947@table @r
6948@item Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP (4)
6949The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
6950
6951@itemize @bullet
6952@item
69530 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
6954@item
69551 for files using the hardware floating-point with a standard double-precision
6956FPU.
6957@item
69582 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a single-precision FPU.
6959@item
69603 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
42554f6a
TS
6961@item
69624 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with 64-bit wide
6963double-precision floating-point registers and 32-bit wide general
6964purpose registers.
3a99f02f
DJ
6965@end itemize
6966@end table
6967
6968@subsection PowerPC Attributes
6969
6970@table @r
6971@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP (4)
6972The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
6973
6974@itemize @bullet
6975@item
69760 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
6977@item
3c7b9897 69781 for files using double-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
6979@item
69802 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
3c7b9897
AM
6981@item
69823 for files using single-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
6983@end itemize
6984
6985@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector (8)
6986The vector ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
6987
6988@itemize @bullet
6989@item
69900 for files not affected by the vector ABI.
6991@item
69921 for files using general purpose registers to pass vectors.
6993@item
69942 for files using AltiVec registers to pass vectors.
6995@item
69963 for files using SPE registers to pass vectors.
6997@end itemize
6998@end table
6999
7000@node Defining New Object Attributes
7001@section Defining New Object Attributes
7002
7003If you want to define a new @sc{gnu} object attribute, here are the places you
7004will need to modify. New attributes should be discussed on the @samp{binutils}
7005mailing list.
7006
7007@itemize @bullet
7008@item
7009This manual, which is the official register of attributes.
7010@item
7011The header for your architecture @file{include/elf}, to define the tag.
7012@item
7013The @file{bfd} support file for your architecture, to merge the attribute
7014and issue any appropriate link warnings.
7015@item
7016Test cases in @file{ld/testsuite} for merging and link warnings.
7017@item
7018@file{binutils/readelf.c} to display your attribute.
7019@item
7020GCC, if you want the compiler to mark the attribute automatically.
7021@end itemize
7022
7023@end ifset
7024
252b5132
RH
7025@ifset GENERIC
7026@node Machine Dependencies
7027@chapter Machine Dependent Features
7028
7029@cindex machine dependencies
7030The machine instruction sets are (almost by definition) different on
a4fb0134
SC
7031each machine where @command{@value{AS}} runs. Floating point representations
7032vary as well, and @command{@value{AS}} often supports a few additional
252b5132
RH
7033directives or command-line options for compatibility with other
7034assemblers on a particular platform. Finally, some versions of
a4fb0134 7035@command{@value{AS}} support special pseudo-instructions for branch
252b5132
RH
7036optimization.
7037
7038This chapter discusses most of these differences, though it does not
7039include details on any machine's instruction set. For details on that
7040subject, see the hardware manufacturer's manual.
7041
7042@menu
a06ea964
NC
7043@ifset AARCH64
7044* AArch64-Dependent:: AArch64 Dependent Features
7045@end ifset
625e1353
RH
7046@ifset ALPHA
7047* Alpha-Dependent:: Alpha Dependent Features
7048@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7049@ifset ARC
7050* ARC-Dependent:: ARC Dependent Features
7051@end ifset
7052@ifset ARM
7053* ARM-Dependent:: ARM Dependent Features
7054@end ifset
8473f7a4
DC
7055@ifset AVR
7056* AVR-Dependent:: AVR Dependent Features
7057@end ifset
3b4e1885
JZ
7058@ifset Blackfin
7059* Blackfin-Dependent:: Blackfin Dependent Features
07c1b327 7060@end ifset
3d3d428f
NC
7061@ifset CR16
7062* CR16-Dependent:: CR16 Dependent Features
7063@end ifset
8bf549a8 7064@ifset CRIS
328eb32e
HPN
7065* CRIS-Dependent:: CRIS Dependent Features
7066@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7067@ifset D10V
7068* D10V-Dependent:: D10V Dependent Features
7069@end ifset
7070@ifset D30V
7071* D30V-Dependent:: D30V Dependent Features
7072@end ifset
cfb8c092
NC
7073@ifset EPIPHANY
7074* Epiphany-Dependent:: EPIPHANY Dependent Features
7075@end ifset
252b5132 7076@ifset H8/300
c2dcd04e 7077* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
252b5132 7078@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7079@ifset HPPA
7080* HPPA-Dependent:: HPPA Dependent Features
7081@end ifset
5b93d8bb
AM
7082@ifset I370
7083* ESA/390-Dependent:: IBM ESA/390 Dependent Features
7084@end ifset
252b5132 7085@ifset I80386
55b62671 7086* i386-Dependent:: Intel 80386 and AMD x86-64 Dependent Features
252b5132 7087@end ifset
e3308d0d
JE
7088@ifset I860
7089* i860-Dependent:: Intel 80860 Dependent Features
7090@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7091@ifset I960
7092* i960-Dependent:: Intel 80960 Dependent Features
7093@end ifset
5cb53c21
L
7094@ifset IA64
7095* IA-64-Dependent:: Intel IA-64 Dependent Features
7096@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
7097@ifset IP2K
7098* IP2K-Dependent:: IP2K Dependent Features
7099@end ifset
84e94c90
NC
7100@ifset LM32
7101* LM32-Dependent:: LM32 Dependent Features
7102@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
7103@ifset M32C
7104* M32C-Dependent:: M32C Dependent Features
7105@end ifset
ec694b89
NC
7106@ifset M32R
7107* M32R-Dependent:: M32R Dependent Features
7108@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7109@ifset M680X0
7110* M68K-Dependent:: M680x0 Dependent Features
7111@end ifset
60bcf0fa
NC
7112@ifset M68HC11
7113* M68HC11-Dependent:: M68HC11 and 68HC12 Dependent Features
7114@end ifset
a3c62988
NC
7115@ifset METAG
7116* Meta-Dependent :: Meta Dependent Features
7117@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
7118@ifset MICROBLAZE
7119* MicroBlaze-Dependent:: MICROBLAZE Dependent Features
7120@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7121@ifset MIPS
7122* MIPS-Dependent:: MIPS Dependent Features
7123@end ifset
3c3bdf30
NC
7124@ifset MMIX
7125* MMIX-Dependent:: MMIX Dependent Features
7126@end ifset
2469cfa2
NC
7127@ifset MSP430
7128* MSP430-Dependent:: MSP430 Dependent Features
7129@end ifset
36591ba1
SL
7130@ifset NIOSII
7131* NiosII-Dependent:: Altera Nios II Dependent Features
7132@end ifset
7c31ae13
NC
7133@ifset NS32K
7134* NS32K-Dependent:: NS32K Dependent Features
7135@end ifset
252b5132 7136@ifset SH
ef230218
JR
7137* SH-Dependent:: Renesas / SuperH SH Dependent Features
7138* SH64-Dependent:: SuperH SH64 Dependent Features
252b5132 7139@end ifset
e135f41b
NC
7140@ifset PDP11
7141* PDP-11-Dependent:: PDP-11 Dependent Features
7142@end ifset
041dd5a9
ILT
7143@ifset PJ
7144* PJ-Dependent:: picoJava Dependent Features
7145@end ifset
418c1742
MG
7146@ifset PPC
7147* PPC-Dependent:: PowerPC Dependent Features
7148@end ifset
99c513f6
DD
7149@ifset RL78
7150* RL78-Dependent:: RL78 Dependent Features
7151@end ifset
046d31c2
NC
7152@ifset RX
7153* RX-Dependent:: RX Dependent Features
7154@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
7155@ifset S390
7156* S/390-Dependent:: IBM S/390 Dependent Features
7157@end ifset
c0157db4
NC
7158@ifset SCORE
7159* SCORE-Dependent:: SCORE Dependent Features
7160@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7161@ifset SPARC
7162* Sparc-Dependent:: SPARC Dependent Features
7163@end ifset
39bec121
TW
7164@ifset TIC54X
7165* TIC54X-Dependent:: TI TMS320C54x Dependent Features
7166@end ifset
40b36596
JM
7167@ifset TIC6X
7168* TIC6X-Dependent :: TI TMS320C6x Dependent Features
7169@end ifset
aa137e4d
NC
7170@ifset TILEGX
7171* TILE-Gx-Dependent :: Tilera TILE-Gx Dependent Features
7172@end ifset
7173@ifset TILEPRO
7174* TILEPro-Dependent :: Tilera TILEPro Dependent Features
7175@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7176@ifset V850
7177* V850-Dependent:: V850 Dependent Features
7178@end ifset
f6c1a2d5
NC
7179@ifset XGATE
7180* XGATE-Dependent:: XGATE Features
7181@end ifset
6753e72f
NC
7182@ifset XSTORMY16
7183* XSTORMY16-Dependent:: XStormy16 Dependent Features
7184@end ifset
e0001a05
NC
7185@ifset XTENSA
7186* Xtensa-Dependent:: Xtensa Dependent Features
7187@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
7188@ifset Z80
7189* Z80-Dependent:: Z80 Dependent Features
7190@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7191@ifset Z8000
7192* Z8000-Dependent:: Z8000 Dependent Features
7193@end ifset
7194@ifset VAX
7195* Vax-Dependent:: VAX Dependent Features
7196@end ifset
7197@end menu
7198
7199@lowersections
7200@end ifset
7201
7202@c The following major nodes are *sections* in the GENERIC version, *chapters*
7203@c in single-cpu versions. This is mainly achieved by @lowersections. There is a
7204@c peculiarity: to preserve cross-references, there must be a node called
7205@c "Machine Dependencies". Hence the conditional nodenames in each
7206@c major node below. Node defaulting in makeinfo requires adjacency of
7207@c node and sectioning commands; hence the repetition of @chapter BLAH
7208@c in both conditional blocks.
7209
a06ea964
NC
7210@ifset AARCH64
7211@include c-aarch64.texi
7212@end ifset
7213
625e1353
RH
7214@ifset ALPHA
7215@include c-alpha.texi
7216@end ifset
7217
7218@ifset ARC
7219@include c-arc.texi
7220@end ifset
7221
252b5132
RH
7222@ifset ARM
7223@include c-arm.texi
7224@end ifset
7225
8473f7a4
DC
7226@ifset AVR
7227@include c-avr.texi
7228@end ifset
7229
3b4e1885 7230@ifset Blackfin
07c1b327
CM
7231@include c-bfin.texi
7232@end ifset
7233
3d3d428f
NC
7234@ifset CR16
7235@include c-cr16.texi
7236@end ifset
7237
328eb32e
HPN
7238@ifset CRIS
7239@include c-cris.texi
7240@end ifset
7241
c2dcd04e 7242@ifset Renesas-all
252b5132
RH
7243@ifclear GENERIC
7244@node Machine Dependencies
7245@chapter Machine Dependent Features
7246
c2dcd04e 7247The machine instruction sets are different on each Renesas chip family,
252b5132 7248and there are also some syntax differences among the families. This
a4fb0134 7249chapter describes the specific @command{@value{AS}} features for each
252b5132
RH
7250family.
7251
7252@menu
c2dcd04e 7253* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
c2dcd04e 7254* SH-Dependent:: Renesas SH Dependent Features
252b5132
RH
7255@end menu
7256@lowersections
7257@end ifclear
7258@end ifset
7259
7260@ifset D10V
7261@include c-d10v.texi
7262@end ifset
7263
7264@ifset D30V
7265@include c-d30v.texi
7266@end ifset
7267
cfb8c092
NC
7268@ifset EPIPHANY
7269@include c-epiphany.texi
7270@end ifset
7271
252b5132
RH
7272@ifset H8/300
7273@include c-h8300.texi
7274@end ifset
7275
252b5132
RH
7276@ifset HPPA
7277@include c-hppa.texi
7278@end ifset
7279
5b93d8bb
AM
7280@ifset I370
7281@include c-i370.texi
7282@end ifset
7283
252b5132
RH
7284@ifset I80386
7285@include c-i386.texi
7286@end ifset
7287
e3308d0d
JE
7288@ifset I860
7289@include c-i860.texi
7290@end ifset
7291
252b5132
RH
7292@ifset I960
7293@include c-i960.texi
7294@end ifset
7295
9e32ca89
NC
7296@ifset IA64
7297@include c-ia64.texi
7298@end ifset
7299
a40cbfa3
NC
7300@ifset IP2K
7301@include c-ip2k.texi
7302@end ifset
7303
84e94c90
NC
7304@ifset LM32
7305@include c-lm32.texi
7306@end ifset
7307
49f58d10
JB
7308@ifset M32C
7309@include c-m32c.texi
7310@end ifset
7311
ec694b89
NC
7312@ifset M32R
7313@include c-m32r.texi
7314@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7315
7316@ifset M680X0
7317@include c-m68k.texi
7318@end ifset
7319
60bcf0fa
NC
7320@ifset M68HC11
7321@include c-m68hc11.texi
7322@end ifset
7323
a3c62988
NC
7324@ifset METAG
7325@include c-metag.texi
7326@end ifset
7327
01642c12 7328@ifset MICROBLAZE
7ba29e2a
NC
7329@include c-microblaze.texi
7330@end ifset
7331
252b5132
RH
7332@ifset MIPS
7333@include c-mips.texi
7334@end ifset
7335
3c3bdf30
NC
7336@ifset MMIX
7337@include c-mmix.texi
7338@end ifset
7339
2469cfa2
NC
7340@ifset MSP430
7341@include c-msp430.texi
7342@end ifset
7343
36591ba1
SL
7344@ifset NIOSII
7345@include c-nios2.texi
7346@end ifset
7347
252b5132
RH
7348@ifset NS32K
7349@include c-ns32k.texi
7350@end ifset
7351
e135f41b
NC
7352@ifset PDP11
7353@include c-pdp11.texi
7354@end ifset
7355
041dd5a9
ILT
7356@ifset PJ
7357@include c-pj.texi
7358@end ifset
7359
418c1742
MG
7360@ifset PPC
7361@include c-ppc.texi
7362@end ifset
7363
99c513f6
DD
7364@ifset RL78
7365@include c-rl78.texi
7366@end ifset
7367
046d31c2
NC
7368@ifset RX
7369@include c-rx.texi
7370@end ifset
7371
11c19e16
MS
7372@ifset S390
7373@include c-s390.texi
7374@end ifset
7375
c0157db4
NC
7376@ifset SCORE
7377@include c-score.texi
7378@end ifset
7379
252b5132
RH
7380@ifset SH
7381@include c-sh.texi
324bfcf3 7382@include c-sh64.texi
252b5132
RH
7383@end ifset
7384
7385@ifset SPARC
7386@include c-sparc.texi
7387@end ifset
7388
39bec121
TW
7389@ifset TIC54X
7390@include c-tic54x.texi
7391@end ifset
7392
40b36596
JM
7393@ifset TIC6X
7394@include c-tic6x.texi
7395@end ifset
7396
aa137e4d
NC
7397@ifset TILEGX
7398@include c-tilegx.texi
7399@end ifset
7400
7401@ifset TILEPRO
7402@include c-tilepro.texi
7403@end ifset
7404
3c9b82ba
NC
7405@ifset Z80
7406@include c-z80.texi
7407@end ifset
7408
252b5132
RH
7409@ifset Z8000
7410@include c-z8k.texi
7411@end ifset
7412
7413@ifset VAX
7414@include c-vax.texi
7415@end ifset
7416
7417@ifset V850
7418@include c-v850.texi
7419@end ifset
7420
f6c1a2d5
NC
7421@ifset XGATE
7422@include c-xgate.texi
7423@end ifset
7424
6753e72f
NC
7425@ifset XSTORMY16
7426@include c-xstormy16.texi
7427@end ifset
7428
e0001a05
NC
7429@ifset XTENSA
7430@include c-xtensa.texi
7431@end ifset
7432
252b5132
RH
7433@ifset GENERIC
7434@c reverse effect of @down at top of generic Machine-Dep chapter
7435@raisesections
7436@end ifset
7437
7438@node Reporting Bugs
7439@chapter Reporting Bugs
7440@cindex bugs in assembler
7441@cindex reporting bugs in assembler
7442
a4fb0134 7443Your bug reports play an essential role in making @command{@value{AS}} reliable.
252b5132
RH
7444
7445Reporting a bug may help you by bringing a solution to your problem, or it may
7446not. But in any case the principal function of a bug report is to help the
a4fb0134
SC
7447entire community by making the next version of @command{@value{AS}} work better.
7448Bug reports are your contribution to the maintenance of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
7449
7450In order for a bug report to serve its purpose, you must include the
7451information that enables us to fix the bug.
7452
7453@menu
7454* Bug Criteria:: Have you found a bug?
7455* Bug Reporting:: How to report bugs
7456@end menu
7457
7458@node Bug Criteria
c1253627 7459@section Have You Found a Bug?
252b5132
RH
7460@cindex bug criteria
7461
7462If you are not sure whether you have found a bug, here are some guidelines:
7463
7464@itemize @bullet
7465@cindex fatal signal
7466@cindex assembler crash
7467@cindex crash of assembler
7468@item
7469If the assembler gets a fatal signal, for any input whatever, that is a
a4fb0134 7470@command{@value{AS}} bug. Reliable assemblers never crash.
252b5132
RH
7471
7472@cindex error on valid input
7473@item
a4fb0134 7474If @command{@value{AS}} produces an error message for valid input, that is a bug.
252b5132
RH
7475
7476@cindex invalid input
7477@item
a4fb0134 7478If @command{@value{AS}} does not produce an error message for invalid input, that
252b5132
RH
7479is a bug. However, you should note that your idea of ``invalid input'' might
7480be our idea of ``an extension'' or ``support for traditional practice''.
7481
7482@item
7483If you are an experienced user of assemblers, your suggestions for improvement
a4fb0134 7484of @command{@value{AS}} are welcome in any case.
252b5132
RH
7485@end itemize
7486
7487@node Bug Reporting
c1253627 7488@section How to Report Bugs
252b5132
RH
7489@cindex bug reports
7490@cindex assembler bugs, reporting
7491
7492A number of companies and individuals offer support for @sc{gnu} products. If
a4fb0134 7493you obtained @command{@value{AS}} from a support organization, we recommend you
252b5132
RH
7494contact that organization first.
7495
7496You can find contact information for many support companies and
7497individuals in the file @file{etc/SERVICE} in the @sc{gnu} Emacs
7498distribution.
7499
ad22bfe8 7500@ifset BUGURL
a4fb0134 7501In any event, we also recommend that you send bug reports for @command{@value{AS}}
ad22bfe8
JM
7502to @value{BUGURL}.
7503@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7504
7505The fundamental principle of reporting bugs usefully is this:
7506@strong{report all the facts}. If you are not sure whether to state a
7507fact or leave it out, state it!
7508
7509Often people omit facts because they think they know what causes the problem
7510and assume that some details do not matter. Thus, you might assume that the
7511name of a symbol you use in an example does not matter. Well, probably it does
7512not, but one cannot be sure. Perhaps the bug is a stray memory reference which
7513happens to fetch from the location where that name is stored in memory;
7514perhaps, if the name were different, the contents of that location would fool
7515the assembler into doing the right thing despite the bug. Play it safe and
7516give a specific, complete example. That is the easiest thing for you to do,
7517and the most helpful.
7518
7519Keep in mind that the purpose of a bug report is to enable us to fix the bug if
7520it is new to us. Therefore, always write your bug reports on the assumption
7521that the bug has not been reported previously.
7522
7523Sometimes people give a few sketchy facts and ask, ``Does this ring a
c1253627
NC
7524bell?'' This cannot help us fix a bug, so it is basically useless. We
7525respond by asking for enough details to enable us to investigate.
7526You might as well expedite matters by sending them to begin with.
252b5132
RH
7527
7528To enable us to fix the bug, you should include all these things:
7529
7530@itemize @bullet
7531@item
a4fb0134 7532The version of @command{@value{AS}}. @command{@value{AS}} announces it if you start
252b5132
RH
7533it with the @samp{--version} argument.
7534
7535Without this, we will not know whether there is any point in looking for
a4fb0134 7536the bug in the current version of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
7537
7538@item
a4fb0134 7539Any patches you may have applied to the @command{@value{AS}} source.
252b5132
RH
7540
7541@item
7542The type of machine you are using, and the operating system name and
7543version number.
7544
7545@item
a4fb0134 7546What compiler (and its version) was used to compile @command{@value{AS}}---e.g.
252b5132
RH
7547``@code{gcc-2.7}''.
7548
7549@item
7550The command arguments you gave the assembler to assemble your example and
7551observe the bug. To guarantee you will not omit something important, list them
7552all. A copy of the Makefile (or the output from make) is sufficient.
7553
7554If we were to try to guess the arguments, we would probably guess wrong
7555and then we might not encounter the bug.
7556
7557@item
7558A complete input file that will reproduce the bug. If the bug is observed when
7559the assembler is invoked via a compiler, send the assembler source, not the
7560high level language source. Most compilers will produce the assembler source
7561when run with the @samp{-S} option. If you are using @code{@value{GCC}}, use
7562the options @samp{-v --save-temps}; this will save the assembler source in a
7563file with an extension of @file{.s}, and also show you exactly how
a4fb0134 7564@command{@value{AS}} is being run.
252b5132
RH
7565
7566@item
7567A description of what behavior you observe that you believe is
7568incorrect. For example, ``It gets a fatal signal.''
7569
a4fb0134 7570Of course, if the bug is that @command{@value{AS}} gets a fatal signal, then we
252b5132
RH
7571will certainly notice it. But if the bug is incorrect output, we might not
7572notice unless it is glaringly wrong. You might as well not give us a chance to
7573make a mistake.
7574
7575Even if the problem you experience is a fatal signal, you should still say so
7576explicitly. Suppose something strange is going on, such as, your copy of
b45619c0 7577@command{@value{AS}} is out of sync, or you have encountered a bug in the C
252b5132
RH
7578library on your system. (This has happened!) Your copy might crash and ours
7579would not. If you told us to expect a crash, then when ours fails to crash, we
7580would know that the bug was not happening for us. If you had not told us to
7581expect a crash, then we would not be able to draw any conclusion from our
7582observations.
7583
7584@item
a4fb0134 7585If you wish to suggest changes to the @command{@value{AS}} source, send us context
252b5132
RH
7586diffs, as generated by @code{diff} with the @samp{-u}, @samp{-c}, or @samp{-p}
7587option. Always send diffs from the old file to the new file. If you even
a4fb0134 7588discuss something in the @command{@value{AS}} source, refer to it by context, not
252b5132
RH
7589by line number.
7590
7591The line numbers in our development sources will not match those in your
7592sources. Your line numbers would convey no useful information to us.
7593@end itemize
7594
7595Here are some things that are not necessary:
7596
7597@itemize @bullet
7598@item
7599A description of the envelope of the bug.
7600
7601Often people who encounter a bug spend a lot of time investigating
7602which changes to the input file will make the bug go away and which
7603changes will not affect it.
7604
7605This is often time consuming and not very useful, because the way we
7606will find the bug is by running a single example under the debugger
7607with breakpoints, not by pure deduction from a series of examples.
7608We recommend that you save your time for something else.
7609
7610Of course, if you can find a simpler example to report @emph{instead}
7611of the original one, that is a convenience for us. Errors in the
7612output will be easier to spot, running under the debugger will take
7613less time, and so on.
7614
7615However, simplification is not vital; if you do not want to do this,
7616report the bug anyway and send us the entire test case you used.
7617
7618@item
7619A patch for the bug.
7620
7621A patch for the bug does help us if it is a good one. But do not omit
7622the necessary information, such as the test case, on the assumption that
7623a patch is all we need. We might see problems with your patch and decide
7624to fix the problem another way, or we might not understand it at all.
7625
a4fb0134 7626Sometimes with a program as complicated as @command{@value{AS}} it is very hard to
252b5132
RH
7627construct an example that will make the program follow a certain path through
7628the code. If you do not send us the example, we will not be able to construct
7629one, so we will not be able to verify that the bug is fixed.
7630
7631And if we cannot understand what bug you are trying to fix, or why your
7632patch should be an improvement, we will not install it. A test case will
7633help us to understand.
7634
7635@item
7636A guess about what the bug is or what it depends on.
7637
7638Such guesses are usually wrong. Even we cannot guess right about such
7639things without first using the debugger to find the facts.
7640@end itemize
7641
7642@node Acknowledgements
7643@chapter Acknowledgements
7644
653cfe85 7645If you have contributed to GAS and your name isn't listed here,
252b5132 7646it is not meant as a slight. We just don't know about it. Send mail to the
01642c12 7647maintainer, and we'll correct the situation. Currently
3bfcb652
NC
7648@c (October 2012),
7649the maintainer is Nick Clifton (email address @code{nickc@@redhat.com}).
252b5132
RH
7650
7651Dean Elsner wrote the original @sc{gnu} assembler for the VAX.@footnote{Any
7652more details?}
7653
7654Jay Fenlason maintained GAS for a while, adding support for GDB-specific debug
7655information and the 68k series machines, most of the preprocessing pass, and
7656extensive changes in @file{messages.c}, @file{input-file.c}, @file{write.c}.
7657
7658K. Richard Pixley maintained GAS for a while, adding various enhancements and
7659many bug fixes, including merging support for several processors, breaking GAS
7660up to handle multiple object file format back ends (including heavy rewrite,
7661testing, an integration of the coff and b.out back ends), adding configuration
7662including heavy testing and verification of cross assemblers and file splits
7663and renaming, converted GAS to strictly ANSI C including full prototypes, added
7664support for m680[34]0 and cpu32, did considerable work on i960 including a COFF
7665port (including considerable amounts of reverse engineering), a SPARC opcode
7666file rewrite, DECstation, rs6000, and hp300hpux host ports, updated ``know''
7667assertions and made them work, much other reorganization, cleanup, and lint.
7668
7669Ken Raeburn wrote the high-level BFD interface code to replace most of the code
7670in format-specific I/O modules.
7671
7672The original VMS support was contributed by David L. Kashtan. Eric Youngdale
7673has done much work with it since.
7674
7675The Intel 80386 machine description was written by Eliot Dresselhaus.
7676
7677Minh Tran-Le at IntelliCorp contributed some AIX 386 support.
7678
7679The Motorola 88k machine description was contributed by Devon Bowen of Buffalo
7680University and Torbjorn Granlund of the Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
7681
7682Keith Knowles at the Open Software Foundation wrote the original MIPS back end
7683(@file{tc-mips.c}, @file{tc-mips.h}), and contributed Rose format support
7684(which hasn't been merged in yet). Ralph Campbell worked with the MIPS code to
7685support a.out format.
7686
7be1c489
AM
7687Support for the Zilog Z8k and Renesas H8/300 processors (tc-z8k,
7688tc-h8300), and IEEE 695 object file format (obj-ieee), was written by
252b5132
RH
7689Steve Chamberlain of Cygnus Support. Steve also modified the COFF back end to
7690use BFD for some low-level operations, for use with the H8/300 and AMD 29k
7691targets.
7692
7693John Gilmore built the AMD 29000 support, added @code{.include} support, and
7694simplified the configuration of which versions accept which directives. He
7695updated the 68k machine description so that Motorola's opcodes always produced
c1253627 7696fixed-size instructions (e.g., @code{jsr}), while synthetic instructions
252b5132
RH
7697remained shrinkable (@code{jbsr}). John fixed many bugs, including true tested
7698cross-compilation support, and one bug in relaxation that took a week and
7699required the proverbial one-bit fix.
7700
7701Ian Lance Taylor of Cygnus Support merged the Motorola and MIT syntax for the
770268k, completed support for some COFF targets (68k, i386 SVR3, and SCO Unix),
7703added support for MIPS ECOFF and ELF targets, wrote the initial RS/6000 and
7704PowerPC assembler, and made a few other minor patches.
7705
653cfe85 7706Steve Chamberlain made GAS able to generate listings.
252b5132
RH
7707
7708Hewlett-Packard contributed support for the HP9000/300.
7709
7710Jeff Law wrote GAS and BFD support for the native HPPA object format (SOM)
7711along with a fairly extensive HPPA testsuite (for both SOM and ELF object
7712formats). This work was supported by both the Center for Software Science at
7713the University of Utah and Cygnus Support.
7714
7715Support for ELF format files has been worked on by Mark Eichin of Cygnus
7716Support (original, incomplete implementation for SPARC), Pete Hoogenboom and
7717Jeff Law at the University of Utah (HPPA mainly), Michael Meissner of the Open
7718Software Foundation (i386 mainly), and Ken Raeburn of Cygnus Support (sparc,
7719and some initial 64-bit support).
7720
c1253627 7721Linas Vepstas added GAS support for the ESA/390 ``IBM 370'' architecture.
5b93d8bb 7722
252b5132
RH
7723Richard Henderson rewrote the Alpha assembler. Klaus Kaempf wrote GAS and BFD
7724support for openVMS/Alpha.
7725
39bec121
TW
7726Timothy Wall, Michael Hayes, and Greg Smart contributed to the various tic*
7727flavors.
7728
e0001a05 7729David Heine, Sterling Augustine, Bob Wilson and John Ruttenberg from Tensilica,
b45619c0 7730Inc.@: added support for Xtensa processors.
e0001a05 7731
252b5132
RH
7732Several engineers at Cygnus Support have also provided many small bug fixes and
7733configuration enhancements.
7734
84e94c90
NC
7735Jon Beniston added support for the Lattice Mico32 architecture.
7736
252b5132
RH
7737Many others have contributed large or small bugfixes and enhancements. If
7738you have contributed significant work and are not mentioned on this list, and
7739want to be, let us know. Some of the history has been lost; we are not
7740intentionally leaving anyone out.
7741
793c5807
NC
7742@node GNU Free Documentation License
7743@appendix GNU Free Documentation License
c1253627 7744@include fdl.texi
cf055d54 7745
370b66a1
CD
7746@node AS Index
7747@unnumbered AS Index
252b5132
RH
7748
7749@printindex cp
7750
252b5132
RH
7751@bye
7752@c Local Variables:
7753@c fill-column: 79
7754@c End: